ADSP-BF608BBCZ-5 [ADI]

Blackfin Dual Core Embedded Processor; Blackfin处理器双核嵌入式处理器
ADSP-BF608BBCZ-5
型号: ADSP-BF608BBCZ-5
厂家: ADI    ADI
描述:

Blackfin Dual Core Embedded Processor
Blackfin处理器双核嵌入式处理器

文件: 总112页 (文件大小:3197K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Blackfin Dual Core  
Embedded Processor  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
FEATURES  
MEMORY  
Dual-core symmetric high-performance Blackfin processor,  
up to 500 MHz per core  
Each core contains two 16-bit MACs, two 40-bit ALUs, and a  
40-bit barrel shifter  
RISC-like register and instruction model for ease of  
programming and compiler-friendly support  
Advanced debug, trace, and performance monitoring  
Pipelined Vision Processor provides hardware to process sig-  
nal and image algorithms used for pre- and co-processing  
of video frames in ADAS or other video processing  
applications  
Each core contains 148K bytes of L1 SRAM memory (proces-  
sor core-accessible) with multi-parity bit protection  
Up to 256K bytes of L2 SRAM memory with ECC protection  
Dynamic memory controller provides 16-bit interface to a  
single bank of DDR2 or LPDDR DRAM devices  
Static memory controller with asynchronous memory inter-  
face that supports 8-bit and 16-bit memories  
4 Memory-to-memory DMA streams, 2 of which feature CRC  
protection  
Flexible booting options from flash, SD EMMC and SPI mem-  
ories and from SPI, link port and UART hosts  
Accepts a range of supply voltages for I/O operation. See  
Operating Conditions on Page 52  
Memory management unit provides memory protection  
Off-chip voltage regulator interface  
349-ball BGA package (19 mm × 19 mm), RoHS compliant  
SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCKS  
PERIPHERALS  
2× TWI  
EMULATOR  
TEST & CONTROL  
PLL & POWER  
MANAGEMENT  
FAULT  
MANAGEMENT  
EVENT  
DUAL  
CONTROL  
WATCHDOG  
8× TIMER  
1× COUNTER  
2× PWM  
L2 MEMORY  
CORE 0  
CORE 1  
32K BYTE  
ROM  
3× SPORT  
1× ACM  
B
B
256K BYTE  
148K BYTE  
PARITY BIT PROTECTED  
L1 SRAM  
148K BYTE  
PARITY BIT PROTECTED  
L1 SRAM  
ECC-  
PROTECTED  
SRAM  
INSTRUCTION/DATA  
INSTRUCTION/DATA  
2× UART  
112  
GP  
I/O  
EMMC/RSI  
1× CAN  
DMA SYSTEM  
2× EMAC  
WITH  
2× IEEE 1588  
EXTERNAL  
BUS  
INTERFACES  
2× SPI  
4× LINK PORT  
3× PPI  
PIPELINED  
VISION PROCESSOR  
CRC  
STATIC  
MEMORY  
CONTROLLER  
DYNAMIC  
MEMORY  
CONTROLLER  
VIDEO  
SUBSYSTEM  
HARDWARE  
FUNCTIONS  
PIXEL  
COMPOSITOR  
LPDDR  
DDR2  
16  
USB 2.0 HS OTG  
16  
FLASH  
SRAM  
Figure 1. Processor Block Diagram  
Blackfin and the Blackfin logo are registered trademarks of Analog Devices, Inc.  
Rev. 0 Document Feedback  
Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable.  
However, no responsibility is assumed by Analog Devices for its use, nor for any  
infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use.  
Specifications subject to change without notice. No license is granted by implication  
or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices. Trademarks and  
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106 U.S.A.  
Tel: 781.329.4700  
Technical Support  
©2013 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.  
www.analog.com  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
Features ................................................................. 1  
Memory ................................................................ 1  
General Description ................................................. 3  
Blackfin Processor Core .......................................... 3  
Instruction Set Description ..................................... 4  
Processor Infrastructure ......................................... 5  
Memory Architecture ............................................ 6  
Video Subsystem .................................................. 9  
Processor Safety Features ...................................... 10  
Additional Processor Peripherals ............................ 11  
Power and Clock Management ............................... 14  
System Debug .................................................... 17  
Development Tools ............................................. 17  
Additional Information......................................... 18  
Related Signal Chains .......................................... 18  
ADSP-BF60x Detailed Signal Descriptions ................... 19  
349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions ....................... 23  
GP I/O Multiplexing for 349-Ball CSP_BGA ................. 33  
ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference ...................... 37  
Specifications ........................................................ 52  
Operating Conditions ........................................... 52  
Electrical Characteristics ....................................... 54  
Processor — Absolute Maximum Ratings .................. 58  
ESD Sensitivity ................................................... 58  
Processor — Package Information ........................... 58  
Timing Specifications ........................................... 59  
Output Drive Currents ......................................... 99  
Environmental Conditions .................................. 101  
ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignments ...... 103  
349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignment (Numerical by Ball  
Number) ...................................................... 103  
349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignment (Alphabetical by Pin  
Name) ......................................................... 105  
349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Configuration ................... 107  
Outline Dimensions .............................................. 108  
Surface-Mount Design ........................................ 108  
Automotive Products ............................................ 109  
Ordering Guide ................................................... 109  
REVISION HISTORY  
6/13—Revision 0:  
Initial Version.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 2 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
The ADSP-BF60x processors are members of the Blackfin  
family of products, incorporating the Analog Devices/Intel  
Micro Signal Architecture (MSA). Blackfin processors combine  
a dual-MAC state-of-the-art signal processing engine, the  
advantages of a clean, orthogonal RISC-like microprocessor  
instruction set, and single-instruction, multiple-data (SIMD)  
multimedia capabilities into a single instruction-set  
architecture.  
Table 1. Processor Comparison (Continued)  
Processor Feature  
L1 Instruction SRAM  
L1 Instruction SRAM/Cache  
L1 Data SRAM  
64K  
16K  
32K  
32K  
4K  
The processors offer performance up to 500 MHz, as well as low  
static power consumption. Produced with a low-power and low-  
voltage design methodology, they provide world-class power  
management and performance.  
L1 Data SRAM/Cache  
L1 Scratchpad  
By integrating a rich set of industry-leading system peripherals  
and memory (shown in Table 1), Blackfin processors are the  
platform of choice for next-generation applications that require  
RISC-like programmability, multimedia support, and leading-  
edge signal processing in one integrated package. These applica-  
tions span a wide array of markets, from automotive systems to  
embedded industrial, instrumentation and power/motor con-  
trol applications.  
L2 Data SRAM  
128K  
256K  
L2 Boot ROM  
32K  
Maximum Speed Grade (MHz)2 400  
Maximum SYSCLK (MHz)  
500  
250  
Package Options  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
1 VGA is 640 × 480 pixels per frame. HD is 1280 × 960 pixels per frame.  
2 Maximum speed grade is not available with every possible SYSCLK selection.  
Table 1. Processor Comparison  
BLACKFIN PROCESSOR CORE  
As shown in Figure 1, the processor integrates two Blackfin pro-  
cessor cores. Each core, shown in Figure 2, contains two 16-bit  
multipliers, two 40-bit accumulators, two 40-bit ALUs, four  
video ALUs, and a 40-bit shifter. The computation units process  
8-, 16-, or 32-bit data from the register file.  
Processor Feature  
Up/Down/Rotary Counters  
Timer/Counters with PWM  
3-Phase PWM Units (4-pair)  
SPORTs  
1
8
2
3
2
1
3
1
1
2
2
1
4
2
The compute register file contains eight 32-bit registers. When  
performing compute operations on 16-bit operand data, the  
register file operates as 16 independent 16-bit registers. All  
operands for compute operations come from the multiported  
register file and instruction constant fields.  
SPIs  
USB OTG  
Parallel Peripheral Interface  
Removable Storage Interface  
CAN  
Each MAC can perform a 16-bit by 16-bit multiply in each  
cycle, accumulating the results into the 40-bit accumulators.  
Signed and unsigned formats, rounding, and saturation   
are supported.  
TWI  
The ALUs perform a traditional set of arithmetic and logical  
operations on 16-bit or 32-bit data. In addition, many special  
instructions are included to accelerate various signal processing  
tasks. These include bit operations such as field extract and pop-  
ulation count, modulo 232 multiply, divide primitives, saturation  
and rounding, and sign/exponent detection. The set of video  
instructions include byte alignment and packing operations,   
16-bit and 8-bit adds with clipping, 8-bit average operations,  
and 8-bit subtract/absolute value/accumulate (SAA) operations.  
Also provided are the compare/select and vector search  
instructions.  
UART  
ADC Control Module (ACM)  
Link Ports  
Ethernet MAC (IEEE 1588)  
Pixel Compositor (PIXC)  
No  
1
1
Pipelined Vision Processor  
(PVP) Video Resolution1  
No  
VGA  
640  
HD  
Maximum PVP Line Buffer Size  
GPIOs  
N/A  
1280  
112  
For certain instructions, two 16-bit ALU operations can be per-  
formed simultaneously on register pairs (a 16-bit high half and  
16-bit low half of a compute register). If the second ALU is used,  
quad 16-bit operations are possible.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 3 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
ADDRESS ARITHMETIC UNIT  
SP  
FP  
P5  
P4  
P3  
P2  
P1  
P0  
I3  
I2  
I1  
I0  
L3  
L2  
L1  
L0  
B3  
B2  
B1  
B0  
M3  
M2  
M1  
M0  
DAG1  
DAG0  
DA1  
DA0  
32  
32  
32  
PREG  
32  
RAB  
SD  
LD1  
LD0  
32  
32  
32  
ASTAT  
32  
32  
SEQUENCER  
ALIGN  
R7.H  
R7.L  
R6.H  
R5.H  
R4.H  
R3.H  
R2.H  
R1.H  
R0.H  
R6.L  
R5.L  
R4.L  
R3.L  
R2.L  
R1.L  
R0.L  
16  
16  
8
8
8
8
DECODE  
BARREL  
SHIFTER  
LOOP BUFFER  
40  
40  
40 40  
A0  
A1  
CONTROL  
UNIT  
32  
32  
DATA ARITHMETIC UNIT  
Figure 2. Blackfin Processor Core  
The 40-bit shifter can perform shifts and rotates and is used to  
support normalization, field extract, and field deposit  
instructions.  
In addition, multiple L1 memory blocks are provided, offering a  
configurable mix of SRAM and cache. The memory manage-  
ment unit (MMU) provides memory protection for individual  
tasks that may be operating on the core and can protect system  
registers from unintended access.  
The program sequencer controls the flow of instruction execu-  
tion, including instruction alignment and decoding. For  
program flow control, the sequencer supports PC relative and  
indirect conditional jumps (with static branch prediction), and  
subroutine calls. Hardware supports zero-overhead looping.  
The architecture is fully interlocked, meaning that the program-  
mer need not manage the pipeline when executing instructions  
with data dependencies.  
The architecture provides three modes of operation: user mode,  
supervisor mode, and emulation mode. User mode has  
restricted access to certain system resources, thus providing a  
protected software environment, while supervisor mode has  
unrestricted access to the system and core resources.  
INSTRUCTION SET DESCRIPTION  
The address arithmetic unit provides two addresses for simulta-  
neous dual fetches from memory. It contains a multiported  
register file consisting of four sets of 32-bit index, modify,  
length, and base registers (for circular buffering), and eight  
additional 32-bit pointer registers (for C-style indexed stack  
manipulation).  
The Blackfin processor instruction set has been optimized so  
that 16-bit opcodes represent the most frequently used instruc-  
tions, resulting in excellent compiled code density. Complex  
DSP instructions are encoded into 32-bit opcodes, representing  
fully featured multifunction instructions. Blackfin processors  
support a limited multi-issue capability, where a 32-bit instruc-  
tion can be issued in parallel with two 16-bit instructions,  
allowing the programmer to use many of the core resources in a  
single instruction cycle.  
Blackfin processors support a modified Harvard architecture in  
combination with a hierarchical memory structure. Level 1 (L1)  
memories are those that typically operate at the full processor  
speed with little or no latency. At the L1 level, the instruction  
memory holds instructions only. The data memory holds data,  
and a dedicated scratchpad data memory stores stack and local  
variable information.  
The Blackfin processor family assembly language instruction set  
employs an algebraic syntax designed for ease of coding and  
readability. The instructions have been specifically tuned to pro-  
vide a flexible, densely encoded instruction set that compiles to  
Rev. 0  
| Page 4 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
a very small final memory size. The instruction set also provides  
sequence. Descriptor-based DMA transfers allow multiple  
DMA sequences to be chained together and a DMA channel can  
be programmed to automatically set up and start another DMA  
transfer after the current sequence completes.  
fully featured multifunction instructions that allow the pro-  
grammer to use many of the processor core resources in a single  
instruction. Coupled with many features more often seen on  
microcontrollers, this instruction set is very efficient when com-  
piling C and C++ source code. In addition, the architecture  
supports both user (algorithm/application code) and supervisor  
(O/S kernel, device drivers, debuggers, ISRs) modes of opera-  
tion, allowing multiple levels of access to core   
The DMA controller supports the following DMA operations.  
• A single linear buffer that stops on completion.  
• A linear buffer with negative, positive or zero stride length.  
• A circular, auto-refreshing buffer that interrupts when each  
buffer becomes full.  
processor resources.  
The assembly language, which takes advantage of the proces-  
sor’s unique architecture, offers the following advantages:  
• A similar buffer that interrupts on fractional buffers (for  
example, 1/2, 1/4).  
• Seamlessly integrated DSP/MCU features are optimized for  
both 8-bit and 16-bit operations.  
• 1D DMA – uses a set of identical ping-pong buffers defined  
by a linked ring of two-word descriptor sets, each contain-  
ing a link pointer and an address.  
• A multi-issue load/store modified-Harvard architecture,  
which supports two 16-bit MAC or four 8-bit ALU + two  
load/store + two pointer updates per cycle.  
• 1D DMA – uses a linked list of 4 word descriptor sets con-  
taining a link pointer, an address, a length, and a  
configuration.  
• All registers, I/O, and memory are mapped into a unified  
4G byte memory space, providing a simplified program-  
ming model.  
• 2D DMA – uses an array of one-word descriptor sets, spec-  
ifying only the base DMA address.  
• Control of all asynchronous and synchronous events to the  
processor is handled by two subsystems: the Core Event  
Controller (CEC) and the System Event Controller (SEC).  
• 2D DMA – uses a linked list of multi-word descriptor sets,  
specifying everything.  
CRC Protection  
• Microcontroller features, such as arbitrary bit and bit-field  
manipulation, insertion, and extraction; integer operations  
on 8-, 16-, and 32-bit data-types; and separate user and  
supervisor stack pointers.  
The two CRC protection modules allow system software to peri-  
odically calculate the signature of code and/or data in memory,  
the content of memory-mapped registers, or communication  
message objects. Dedicated hardware circuitry compares the  
signature with pre calculated values and triggers appropriate  
fault events.  
• Code density enhancements, which include intermixing of  
16-bit and 32-bit instructions (no mode switching, no code  
segregation). Frequently used instructions are encoded  
in 16 bits.  
For example, every 100 ms the system software might initiate  
the signature calculation of the entire memory contents and  
compare these contents with expected, pre calculated values. If a  
mismatch occurs, a fault condition can be generated (via the  
processor core or the trigger routing unit).  
PROCESSOR INFRASTRUCTURE  
The following sections provide information on the primary  
infrastructure components of the ADSP-BF609 processor.  
The CRC is a hardware module based on a CRC32 engine that  
computes the CRC value of the 32-bit data words presented to  
it. Data is provided by the source channel of the memory-to-  
memory DMA (in memory scan mode) and is optionally for-  
warded to the destination channel (memory transfer mode).  
The main features of the CRC peripheral are:  
DMA Controllers  
The processor uses Direct Memory Access (DMA) to transfer  
data within memory spaces or between a memory space and a  
peripheral. The processor can specify data transfer operations  
and return to normal processing while the fully integrated DMA  
controller carries out the data transfers independent of proces-  
sor activity.  
• Memory scan mode  
• Memory transfer mode  
DMA transfers can occur between memory and a peripheral or  
between one memory and another memory. Each Memory-to-  
memory DMA stream uses two channels, where one channel is  
the source channel, and the second is the destination channel.  
• Data verify mode  
• Data fill mode  
• User-programmable CRC32 polynomial  
• Bit/byte mirroring option (endianness)  
• Fault/error interrupt mechanisms  
• 1D and 2D fill block to initialize array with constants.  
All DMAs can transport data to and from all on-chip and off-  
chip memories. Programs can use two types of DMA transfers,  
descriptor-based or register-based. Register-based DMA allows  
the processor to directly program DMA control registers to ini-  
tiate a DMA transfer. On completion, the control registers may  
be automatically updated with their original setup values for  
continuous transfer. Descriptor-based DMA transfers require a  
set of parameters stored within memory to initiate a DMA  
• 32-bit CRC signature of a block of a memory or MMR  
block.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 5 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
operation. Six system-level interrupt channels (PINT0–5) are  
Event Handling  
reserved for this purpose. Each of these interrupt channels can  
manage up to 32 interrupt pins. The assignment from pin to  
interrupt is not performed on a pin-by-pin basis. Rather, groups  
of eight pins (half ports) can be flexibly assigned to interrupt  
channels.  
The processor provides event handling that supports both nest-  
ing and prioritization. Nesting allows multiple event service  
routines to be active simultaneously. Prioritization ensures that  
servicing of a higher-priority event takes precedence over ser-  
vicing of a lower-priority event. The processor provides support  
for five different types of events:  
Every pin interrupt channel features a special set of 32-bit mem-  
ory-mapped registers that enable half-port assignment and  
interrupt management. This includes masking, identification,  
and clearing of requests. These registers also enable access to the  
respective pin states and use of the interrupt latches, regardless  
of whether the interrupt is masked or not. Most control registers  
feature multiple MMR address entries to write-one-to-set or  
write-one-to-clear them individually.  
• Emulation – An emulation event causes the processor to  
enter emulation mode, allowing command and control of  
the processor via the JTAG interface.  
• Reset – This event resets the processor.  
• Nonmaskable Interrupt (NMI) – The NMI event can be  
generated either by the software watchdog timer, by the  
NMI input signal to the processor, or by software. The  
NMI event is frequently used as a power-down indicator to  
initiate an orderly shutdown of the system.  
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO)  
Each general-purpose port pin can be individually controlled by  
manipulation of the port control, status, and interrupt registers:  
• Exceptions – Events that occur synchronously to program  
flow (in other words, the exception is taken before the  
instruction is allowed to complete). Conditions such as  
data alignment violations and undefined instructions cause  
exceptions.  
• GPIO direction control register – Specifies the direction of  
each individual GPIO pin as input or output.  
• GPIO control and status registers – A “write one to mod-  
ify” mechanism allows any combination of individual  
GPIO pins to be modified in a single instruction, without  
affecting the level of any other GPIO pins.  
• Interrupts – Events that occur asynchronously to program  
flow. They are caused by input signals, timers, and other  
peripherals, as well as by an explicit software instruction.  
• GPIO interrupt mask registers – Allow each individual  
GPIO pin to function as an interrupt to the processor.  
GPIO pins defined as inputs can be configured to generate  
hardware interrupts, while output pins can be triggered by  
software interrupts.  
Core Event Controller (CEC)  
The CEC supports nine general-purpose interrupts (IVG15–7),  
in addition to the dedicated interrupt and exception events. Of  
these general-purpose interrupts, the two lowest-priority  
interrupts (IVG15–14) are recommended to be reserved for  
software interrupt handlers. For more information, see the  
ADSP-BF60x Processor Programmer’s Reference.  
• GPIO interrupt sensitivity registers – Specify whether indi-  
vidual pins are level- or edge-sensitive and specify—if  
edge-sensitive—whether just the rising edge or both the ris-  
ing and falling edges of the signal are significant.  
System Event Controller (SEC)  
Pin Multiplexing  
The SEC manages the enabling, prioritization, and routing of  
events from each system interrupt or fault source. Additionally,  
it provides notification and identification of the highest priority  
active system interrupt request to each core and routes system  
fault sources to its integrated fault management unit.  
The processor supports a flexible multiplexing scheme that mul-  
tiplexes the GPIO pins with various peripherals. A maximum of  
4 peripherals plus GPIO functionality is shared by each GPIO  
pin. All GPIO pins have a bypass path feature – that is, when the  
output enable and the input enable of a GPIO pin are both  
active, the data signal before the pad driver is looped back to the  
receive path for the same GPIO pin. For more information, see  
GP I/O Multiplexing for 349-Ball CSP_BGA on Page 33.  
Trigger Routing Unit (TRU)  
The TRU provides system-level sequence control without core  
intervention. The TRU maps trigger masters (generators of trig-  
gers) to trigger slaves (receivers of triggers). Slave endpoints can  
be configured to respond to triggers in various ways. Common  
applications enabled by the TRU include:  
MEMORY ARCHITECTURE  
The processor views memory as a single unified 4G byte address  
space, using 32-bit addresses. All resources, including internal  
memory, external memory, and I/O control registers, occupy  
separate sections of this common address space. The memory  
portions of this address space are arranged in a hierarchical  
structure to provide a good cost/performance balance of some  
very fast, low-latency core-accessible memory as cache or  
SRAM, and larger, lower-cost and performance interface-acces-  
sible memory systems. See Figure 3 and Figure 4.  
• Automatically triggering the start of a DMA sequence after  
a sequence from another DMA channel completes  
• Software triggering  
• Synchronization of concurrent activities  
Pin Interrupts  
Every port pin on the processor can request interrupts in either  
an edge-sensitive or a level-sensitive manner with programma-  
ble polarity. Interrupt functionality is decoupled from GPIO  
Rev. 0  
| Page 6 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Figure 3. ADSP-BF606 Internal/External Memory Map  
Rev. 0  
| Page 7 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Figure 4. ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609 Internal/External Memory Map  
Rev. 0  
| Page 8 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Internal (Core-Accessible) Memory  
Booting  
The L1 memory system is the highest-performance memory  
available to the Blackfin processor cores.  
The processor has several mechanisms for automatically loading  
internal and external memory after a reset. The boot mode is  
defined by the SYS_BMODE input pins dedicated for this pur-  
pose. There are two categories of boot modes. In master boot  
modes, the processor actively loads data from parallel or serial  
memories. In slave boot modes, the processor receives data  
from external host devices.  
Each core has its own private L1 memory. The modified Har-  
vard architecture supports two concurrent 32-bit data accesses  
along with an instruction fetch at full processor speed which  
provides high bandwidth processor performance. In each core a  
64K-byte block of data memory partners with an 80K-byte  
memory block for instruction storage. Each data block is multi-  
banked for efficient data exchange through DMA and can be  
configured as SRAM. Alternatively, 16K bytes of each block can  
be configured in L1 cache mode. The four-way set-associative  
instruction cache and the 2 two-way set-associative data caches  
greatly accelerate memory access performance, especially when  
accessing external memories.  
The boot modes are shown in Table 2. These modes are imple-  
mented by the SYS_BMODE bits of the reset configuration  
register and are sampled during power-on resets and software-  
initiated resets.  
Table 2. Boot Modes  
SYS_BMODE Setting Boot Mode  
The L1 memory domain also features a 4K-byte scratchpad  
SRAM block which is ideal for storing local variables and the  
software stack. All L1 memory is protected by a multi-parity bit  
concept, regardless of whether the memory is operating in  
SRAM or cache mode.  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
No boot/Idle  
Memory  
RSI0 Master  
SPI0 Master  
SPI0 Slave  
Reserved  
Outside of the L1 domain, L2 and L3 memories are arranged  
using a Von Neumann topology. The L2 memory domain is a  
unified instruction and data memory and can hold any mixture  
of code and data required by the system design. The L2 memory  
domain is accessible by both Blackfin cores through a dedicated  
64-bit interface. It operates at SYSCLK frequency.  
LP0 Slave  
UART0 Slave  
VIDEO SUBSYSTEM  
The processor features up to 256K bytes of L2 SRAM which is  
ECC-protected and organized in eight banks. Individual banks  
can be made private to any of the cores or the DMA subsystem.  
There is also a 32K-byte single-bank ROM in the L2 domain. It  
contains boot code and safety functions.  
The following sections describe the components of the proces-  
sor’s video subsystem. These blocks are shown with blue  
shading in Figure 1 on Page 1.  
Video Interconnect (VID)  
Static Memory Controller (SMC)  
The Video Interconnect provides a connectivity matrix that  
interconnects the Video Subsystem: three PPIs, the PIXC, and  
the PVP. The interconnect uses a protocol to manage data  
transfer among these video peripherals.  
The SMC can be programmed to control up to four banks of  
external memories or memory-mapped devices, with very flexi-  
ble timing parameters. Each bank occupies a 64M byte segment  
regardless of the size of the device used, so that these banks are  
only contiguous if each is fully populated with 64M bytes of  
memory.  
Pipelined Vision Processor (PVP)  
The PVP engine provides hardware implementation of signal  
and image processing algorithms that are required for   
co-processing and pre-processing of monochrome video frames  
in ADAS applications, robotic systems, and other machine  
applications.  
Dynamic Memory Controller (DMC)  
The DMC includes a controller that supports JESD79-2E com-  
patible double data rate (DDR2) SDRAM and JESD209A low  
power DDR (LPDDR) SDRAM devices.  
The PVP works in conjunction with the Blackfin cores. It is  
optimized for convolution and wavelet based object detection  
and classification, and tracking and verification algorithms. The  
PVP has the following processing blocks.  
I/O Memory Space  
The processor does not define a separate I/O space. All  
resources are mapped through the flat 32-bit address space. On-  
chip I/O devices have their control registers mapped into mem-  
ory-mapped registers (MMRs) at addresses near the top of the  
4G byte address space. These are separated into two smaller  
blocks, one which contains the control MMRs for all core func-  
tions, and the other which contains the registers needed for  
setup and control of the on-chip peripherals outside of the core.  
The MMRs are accessible only in supervisor mode and appear  
as reserved space to on-chip peripherals.  
• Four 5 × 5 16-bit convolution blocks optionally followed by  
down scaling  
• A 16-bit cartesian-to-polar coordinate conversion block  
• A pixel edge classifier that supports 1st and 2nd derivative  
modes  
• An arithmetic unit with 32-bit addition, multiply and  
divide  
Rev. 0  
| Page 9 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
• A 32-bit threshold block with 16 thresholds, a histogram,  
and run-length encoding  
• ITU-656 status word error detection and correction for  
ITU-656 receive modes and ITU-656 preamble and status  
word decode.  
• Two 32-bit integral blocks that support regular and diago-  
nal integrals  
• Optional packing and unpacking of data to/from 32 bits  
from/to 8 bits, 16 bits and 24 bits. If packing/unpacking is  
enabled, endianness can be configured to change the order  
of packing/unpacking of bytes/words.  
• An up- and down-scaling unit with independent scaling  
ratios for horizontal and vertical components  
• Input and output formatters for compatibility with many  
data formats, including Bayer input format  
• RGB888 can be converted to RGB666 or RGB565 for trans-  
mit modes.  
The PVP can form a pipe of all the constituent algorithmic  
modules and is dynamically reconfigurable to form different  
pipeline structures.  
• Various de-interleaving/interleaving modes for receiv-  
ing/transmitting 4:2:2 YCrCb data.  
• Configurable LCD data enable (DEN) output available on  
Frame Sync 3.  
The PVP supports the simultaneous processing of up to four  
data streams. The memory pipe stream operates on data  
received by DMA from any L1, L2, or L3 memory. The three  
camera pipe streams operate on a common input received  
directly from any of the three PPI inputs. Optionally, the PIXC  
can convert color data received by the PPI and forward luma  
values to the PVP’s monochrome engine. Each stream has a  
dedicated DMA output. This preprocessing concept ensures  
careful use of available power and bandwidth budgets and frees  
up the processor cores for other tasks.  
PROCESSOR SAFETY FEATURES  
The ADSP-BF60x processor has been designed for functional  
safety applications. While the level of safety is mainly domi-  
nated by the system concept, the following primitives are  
provided by the devices to build a robust safety concept.  
Dual Core Supervision  
The processor has been implemented as dual-core devices to  
separate critical tasks to large independency. Software models  
support mutual supervision of the cores in symmetrical fashion.  
The PVP provides for direct core MMR access to all control/sta-  
tus registers. Two hardware interrupts interface to the system  
event controller. For optimal performance, the PVP allows reg-  
ister programming through its control DMA interface, as well as  
outputting selected status registers through the status DMA  
interface. This mechanism enables the PVP to automatically  
process job lists completely independent of the Blackfin cores.  
Multi-Parity-Bit-Protected L1 Memories  
In the processor’s L1 memory space, whether SRAM or cache,  
each word is protected by multiple parity bits to detect the single  
event upsets that occur in all RAMs. This applies both to L1  
instruction and data memory spaces.  
Pixel Compositor (PIXC)  
The pixel compositor (PIXC) provides image overlays with  
transparent-color support, alpha blending, and color space con-  
version capabilities for output to TFT LCDs and NTSC/PAL  
video encoders. It provides all of the control to allow two data  
streams from two separate data buffers to be combined,  
blended, and converted into appropriate forms for both LCD  
panels and digital video outputs. The main image buffer pro-  
vides the basic background image, which is presented in the  
data stream. The overlay image buffer allows the user to add  
multiple foreground text, graphics, or video objects on top of  
the main image or video data stream.  
ECC-Protected L2 Memories  
Error correcting codes (ECC) are used to correct single event  
upsets. The L2 memory is protected with a Single Error Correct-  
Double Error Detect (SEC-DED) code. By default ECC is  
enabled, but it can be disabled on a per-bank basis. Single-bit  
errors are transparently corrected. Dual-bit errors can issue a  
system event or fault if enabled. ECC protection is fully trans-  
parent to the user, even if L2 memory is read or written by 8-bit  
or 16-bit entities.  
CRC-Protected Memories  
Parallel Peripheral Interface (PPI)  
While parity bit and ECC protection mainly protect against ran-  
dom soft errors in L1 and L2 memory cells, the CRC engines can  
be used to protect against systematic errors (pointer errors) and  
static content (instruction code) of L1, L2 and even L3 memo-  
ries (DDR2, LPDDR). The processors feature two CRC engines  
which are embedded in the memory-to-memory DMA control-  
lers. CRC check sums can be calculated or compared on the fly  
during memory transfers, or one or multiple memory regions  
can be continuously scrubbed by single DMA work unit as per  
DMA descriptor chain instructions. The CRC engine also pro-  
tects data loaded during the boot process.  
The processor provides up to three parallel peripheral interfaces  
(PPIs), supporting data widths up to 24 bits. The PPI supports  
direct connection to TFT LCD panels, parallel analog-to-digital  
and digital-to-analog converters, video encoders and decoders,  
image sensor modules and other general-purpose peripherals.  
The following features are supported in the PPI module:  
• Programmable data length: 8 bits, 10 bits, 12 bits, 14 bits,  
16 bits, 18 bits, and 24 bits per clock.  
• Various framed, non-framed, and general-purpose operat-  
ing modes. Frame syncs can be generated internally or can  
be supplied by an external device.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 10 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
a “fault”. Additionally, the system events can be defined as an  
interrupt to the cores. If defined as such, the SEC forwards the  
Memory Protection  
The Blackfin cores feature a memory protection concept, which  
grants data and/or instruction accesses from enabled memory  
regions only. A supervisor mode vs. user mode programming  
model supports dynamically varying access rights. Increased  
flexibility in memory page size options supports a simple  
method of static memory partitioning.  
event to the fault management unit which may automatically  
reset the entire device for reboot, or simply toggle the SYS_  
FAULT output pins to signal off-chip hardware. Optionally, the  
fault management unit can delay the action taken via a keyed  
sequence, to provide a final chance for the Blackfin cores to  
resolve the crisis and to prevent the fault action from being  
taken.  
System Protection  
All system resources and L2 memory banks can be controlled by  
either the processor cores, memory-to-memory DMA, or the  
system debug unit (SDU). A system protection unit (SPU)  
enables write accesses to specific resources that are locked to  
any of four masters: Core 0, Core 1, Memory DMA, and the Sys-  
tem Debug Unit. System protection is enabled in greater  
granularity for some modules (L2, SEC and GPIO controllers)  
through a global lock concept.  
ADDITIONAL PROCESSOR PERIPHERALS  
The processor contains a rich set of peripherals connected to the  
core via several high-bandwidth buses, providing flexibility in  
system configuration as well as excellent overall system perfor-  
mance (see the block diagram on Page 1). The processors  
contain high-speed serial and parallel ports, an interrupt con-  
troller for flexible management of interrupts from the on-chip  
peripherals or external sources, and power management control  
functions to tailor the performance and power characteristics of  
the processor and system to many application scenarios.  
Watchpoint Protection  
The primary purpose of watchpoints and hardware breakpoints  
is to serve emulator needs. When enabled, they signal an emula-  
tor event whenever user-defined system resources are accessed  
or a core executes from user-defined addresses. Watchdog  
events can be configured such that they signal the events to the  
other Blackfin core or to the fault management unit.  
The following sections describe additional peripherals that were  
not described in the previous sections.  
Timers  
The processor includes several timers which are described in the  
following sections.  
Dual Watchdog  
General-Purpose Timers  
The two on-chip watchdog timers each may supervise one  
Blackfin core.  
There is one GP timer unit and it provides eight general-pur-  
pose programmable timers. Each timer has an external pin that  
can be configured either as a pulse width modulator (PWM) or  
timer output, as an input to clock the timer, or as a mechanism  
for measuring pulse widths and periods of external events.  
These timers can be synchronized to an external clock input on  
the TMRx pins, an external clock TMRCLK input pin, or to the  
internal SCLK0.  
Bandwidth Monitor  
All DMA channels that operate in memory-to-memory mode  
(Memory DMA, PVP Memory Pipe DMA, PIXC DMA) are  
equipped with a bandwidth monitor mechanism. They can sig-  
nal a system event or fault when transactions tend to starve  
because system buses are fully loaded with higher-priority  
traffic.  
The timer units can be used in conjunction with the UARTs and  
the CAN controller to measure the width of the pulses in the  
data stream to provide a software auto-baud detect function for  
the respective serial channels.  
Signal Watchdogs  
The eight general-purpose timers feature two new modes to  
monitor off-chip signals. The Watchdog Period mode monitors  
whether external signals toggle with a period within an expected  
range. The Watchdog Width mode monitors whether the pulse  
widths of external signals are in an expected range. Both modes  
help to detect incorrect undesired toggling (or lack thereof) of   
system-level signals.  
The timers can generate interrupts to the processor core, pro-  
viding periodic events for synchronization to either the system  
clock or to external signals. Timer events can also trigger other  
peripherals via the TRU (for instance, to signal a fault).  
Core Timers  
Each processor core also has its own dedicated timer. This extra  
timer is clocked by the internal processor clock and is typically  
used as a system tick clock for generating periodic operating  
system interrupts.  
Up/Down Count Mismatch Detection  
The up/down counter can monitor external signal pairs, such as  
request/grant strobes. If the edge count mismatch exceeds the  
expected range, the up/down counter can flag this to the proces-  
sor or to the fault management unit.  
Watchdog Timers  
Each core includes a 32-bit timer, which may be used to imple-  
ment a software watchdog function. A software watchdog can  
improve system availability by forcing the processor to a known  
state, via generation of a hardware reset, nonmaskable interrupt  
(NMI), or general-purpose interrupt, if the timer expires before  
Fault Management  
The fault management unit is part of the system event controller  
(SEC). Any system event, whether a dual-bit uncorrectable ECC  
error, or any peripheral status interrupt, can be defined as being  
Rev. 0  
| Page 11 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
being reset by software. The programmer initializes the count  
value of the timer, enables the appropriate interrupt, then  
enables the timer. Thereafter, the software must reload the  
counter before it counts to zero from the programmed value.  
This protects the system from remaining in an unknown state  
where software, which would normally reset the timer, has  
stopped running due to an external noise condition or software  
error.  
Serial ports operate in five modes:  
• Standard DSP serial mode  
• Multichannel (TDM) mode  
• I2S mode  
• Packed I2S mode  
• Left-justified mode  
After a reset, software can determine if the watchdog was the  
source of the hardware reset by interrogating a status bit in the  
timer control register, which is set only upon a watchdog gener-  
ated reset.  
ACM Interface  
The ADC control module (ACM) provides an interface that  
synchronizes the controls between the processor and an analog-  
to-digital converter (ADC). The analog-to-digital conversions  
are initiated by the processor, based on external or internal  
events.  
3-Phase PWM Units  
The Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) module is a flexible and  
programmable waveform generator. With minimal CPU inter-  
vention the PWM peripheral is capable of generating complex  
waveforms for motor control, Pulse Coded Modulation (PCM),  
Digital to Analog Conversion (DAC), power switching and  
power conversion. The PWM module has 4 PWM pairs capable  
of 3-phase PWM generation for source inverters for AC induc-  
tion and DC brush less motors.  
The ACM allows for flexible scheduling of sampling instants  
and provides precise sampling signals to the ADC.  
Figure 5 shows how to connect an external ADC to the ACM  
and one of the SPORTs.  
The two 3-phase PWM generation units each feature:  
• 16-bit center-based PWM generation unit  
• Programmable PWM pulse width  
SPT_AD1  
SPT_AD0  
SPORTx  
SPT_CLK  
SPT_FS  
• Single update mode with option for asymmetric duty  
• Programmable dead time and switching frequency  
ADSP-BF60x  
SPORT  
SELECT  
MUX  
ACM_CLK  
ACM_FS  
• Twos-complement implementation which permits smooth  
transition to full ON and full OFF states  
ACM  
ACM_A[2:0]  
ACM_A3  
ACM_A4  
• Dedicated asynchronous PWM shutdown signal  
Link Ports  
RANGE  
SGL/DIFF  
A[2:0]  
Four DMA-enabled, 8-bit-wide link ports can connect to the  
link ports of other DSPs or processors. Link ports are bidirec-  
tional ports having eight data lines, an acknowledge line and a  
clock line.  
ADC  
CS  
ADSCLK  
D
D
A
B
OUT  
OUT  
Serial Ports (SPORTs)  
Three synchronous serial ports that provide an inexpensive  
interface to a wide variety of digital and mixed-signal peripheral  
devices such as Analog Devices’ AD183x family of audio codecs,  
ADCs, and DACs. The serial ports are made up of two data  
lines, a clock, and frame sync. The data lines can be pro-  
grammed to either transmit or receive and each data line has a  
dedicated DMA channel.  
Figure 5. ADC, ACM, and SPORT Connections  
The ACM synchronizes the ADC conversion process, generat-  
ing the ADC controls, the ADC conversion start signal, and  
other signals. The actual data acquisition from the ADC is done  
by a peripheral such as a SPORT or a SPI.  
The processor interfaces directly to many ADCs without any  
glue logic required.  
Serial port data can be automatically transferred to and from  
on-chip memory/external memory via dedicated DMA chan-  
nels. Each of the serial ports can work in conjunction with  
another serial port to provide TDM support. In this configura-  
tion, one SPORT provides two transmit signals while the other  
SPORT provides the two receive signals. The frame sync and  
clock are shared.  
General-Purpose Counters  
A 32-bit counter is provided that can operate in general-pur-  
pose up/down count modes and can sense 2-bit quadrature or  
binary codes as typically emitted by industrial drives or manual  
thumbwheels. Count direction is either controlled by a level-  
sensitive input pin or by two edge detectors.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 12 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
A third counter input can provide flexible zero marker support  
To help support the Local Interconnect Network (LIN) proto-  
cols, a special command causes the transmitter to queue a break  
command of programmable bit length into the transmit buffer.  
Similarly, the number of stop bits can be extended by a pro-  
grammable inter-frame space.  
and can alternatively be used to input the push-button signal of  
thumb wheels. All three pins have a programmable debouncing  
circuit.  
Internal signals forwarded to each general-purpose timer enable  
these timers to measure the intervals between count events.  
Boundary registers enable auto-zero operation or simple system  
warning by interrupts when programmable count values are  
exceeded.  
The capabilities of the UARTs are further extended with sup-  
port for the Infrared Data Association (IrDA®) serial infrared  
physical layer link specification (SIR) protocol.  
TWI Controller Interface  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Ports  
The processors include a 2-wire interface (TWI) module for  
providing a simple exchange method of control data between  
multiple devices. The TWI module is compatible with the  
widely used I2C bus standard. The TWI module offers the  
capabilities of simultaneous master and slave operation and  
support for both 7-bit addressing and multimedia data arbitra-  
tion. The TWI interface utilizes two pins for transferring clock  
(TWI_SCL) and data (TWI_SDA) and supports the protocol at  
speeds up to 400k bits/sec. The TWI interface pins are compati-  
ble with 5 V logic levels.  
The processors have two SPI-compatible ports that allow the  
processor to communicate with multiple SPI-compatible  
devices.  
In its simplest mode, the SPI interface uses three pins for trans-  
ferring data: two data pins (Master Output-Slave Input, MOSI,  
and Master Input-Slave Output, MISO) and a clock pin (serial  
clock, SPI_CLK). A SPI chip select input pin (SPI_SS) lets other  
SPI devices select the processor, and seven SPI chip select out-  
put pins (SPI_SEL7–1) let the processor select other SPI devices.  
The SPI select pins are reconfigured general-purpose I/O pins.  
Using these pins, the SPI port provides a full-duplex, synchro-  
nous serial interface, which supports both master/slave modes  
and multimaster environments.  
Additionally, the TWI module is fully compatible with serial  
camera control bus (SCCB) functionality for easier control of  
various CMOS camera sensor devices.  
Removable Storage Interface (RSI)  
In a multi-master or multi-slave SPI system, the MOSI and  
MISO data output pins can be configured to behave as open  
drain outputs (using the ODM bit) to prevent contention and  
possible damage to pin drivers. An external pull-up resistor is  
required on both the MOSI and MISO pins when this option is  
selected.  
The removable storage interface (RSI) controller acts as the host  
interface for multimedia cards (MMC), secure digital memory  
cards (SD), secure digital input/output cards (SDIO). The fol-  
lowing list describes the main features of the RSI controller.  
• Support for a single MMC, SD memory, SDIO card  
• Support for 1-bit and 4-bit SD modes  
When ODM is set and the SPI is configured as a master, the  
MOSI pin is three-stated when the data driven out on MOSI is a  
logic-high. The MOSI pin is not three-stated when the driven  
data is a logic-low. Similarly, when ODM is set and the SPI is  
configured as a slave, the MISO pin is three-stated if the data  
driven out on MISO is a logic-high.  
• Support for 1-bit, 4-bit, and 8-bit MMC modes  
• Support for eMMC 4.3 embedded NAND flash devices  
• A ten-signal external interface with clock, command, and  
up to eight data lines  
The SPI port’s baud rate and clock phase/polarities are pro-  
grammable, and it has integrated DMA channels for both  
transmit and receive data streams.  
• Card interface clock generation from SCLK0  
• SDIO interrupt and read wait features  
Controller Area Network (CAN)  
UART Ports  
A CAN controller implements the CAN 2.0B (active) protocol.  
This protocol is an asynchronous communications protocol  
used in both industrial and automotive control systems. The  
CAN protocol is well suited for control applications due to its  
capability to communicate reliably over a network. This is  
because the protocol incorporates CRC checking, message error  
tracking, and fault node confinement.  
The processors provide two full-duplex universal asynchronous  
receiver/transmitter (UART) ports, which are fully compatible  
with PC-standard UARTs. Each UART port provides a simpli-  
fied UART interface to other peripherals or hosts, supporting  
full-duplex, DMA-supported, asynchronous transfers of serial  
data. A UART port includes support for five to eight data bits,  
and none, even, or odd parity. Optionally, an additional address  
bit can be transferred to interrupt only addressed nodes in  
multi-drop bus (MDB) systems. A frame is terminates by one,  
one and a half, two or two and a half stop bits.  
The CAN controller offers the following features:  
• 32 mailboxes (8 receive only, 8 transmit only, 16 configu-  
rable for receive or transmit).  
The UART ports support automatic hardware flow control  
through the Clear To Send (CTS) input and Request To Send  
(RTS) output with programmable assertion FIFO levels.  
• Dedicated acceptance masks for each mailbox.  
• Additional data filtering on first two bytes.  
• Support for both the standard (11-bit) and extended (29-  
bit) identifier (ID) message formats.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 13 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
• Support for remote frames.  
(PTP_TSYNC). This engine provides hardware assisted time  
stamping to improve the accuracy of clock synchronization  
between PTP nodes. The main features of the engine are:  
• Active or passive network support.  
• CAN wakeup from hibernation mode (lowest static power  
consumption mode).  
• Support for both IEEE 1588-2002 and IEEE 1588-2008 pro-  
tocol standards  
• Interrupts, including: TX complete, RX complete, error  
and global.  
• Hardware assisted time stamping capable of up to 12.5 ns  
resolution  
An additional crystal is not required to supply the CAN clock, as  
the CAN clock is derived from a system clock through a pro-  
grammable divider.  
• Lock adjustment  
• Automatic detection of IPv4 and IPv6 packets, as well as  
PTP messages  
10/100 Ethernet MAC  
• Multiple input clock sources (SCLK0, RMII clock, external  
clock)  
The processor can directly connect to a network by way of an  
embedded fast Ethernet media access controller (MAC) that  
supports both 10-BaseT (10M bits/sec) and 100-BaseT (100M  
bits/sec) operation. The 10/100 Ethernet MAC peripheral on the  
processor is fully compliant to the IEEE 802.3-2002 standard  
and it provides programmable features designed to minimize  
supervision, bus use, or message processing by the rest of the  
processor system.  
• Programmable pulse per second (PPS) output  
• Auxiliary snapshot to time stamp external events  
USB 2.0 On-the-Go Dual-Role Device Controller  
The USB 2.0 OTG dual-role device controller provides a low-  
cost connectivity solution for the growing adoption of this bus  
standard in industrial applications, as well as consumer mobile  
devices such as cell phones, digital still cameras, and MP3 play-  
ers. The USB 2.0 controller allows these devices to transfer data  
using a point-to-point USB connection without the need for a  
PC host. The module can operate in a traditional USB periph-  
eral-only mode as well as the host mode presented in the On-  
the-Go (OTG) supplement to the USB 2.0 specification.  
Some standard features are:  
• Support and RMII protocols for external PHYs  
• Full duplex and half duplex modes  
• Media access management (in half-duplex operation)  
• Flow control  
• Station management: generation of MDC/MDIO frames  
for read-write access to PHY registers  
The USB clock (USB_CLKIN) is provided through a dedicated  
external crystal or crystal oscillator.  
Some advanced features are:  
The USB On-the-Go dual-role device controller includes a  
Phase Locked Loop with programmable multipliers to generate  
the necessary internal clocking frequency for USB.  
• Automatic checksum computation of IP header and IP  
payload fields of RX frames  
• Independent 32-bit descriptor-driven receive and transmit  
DMA channels  
POWER AND CLOCK MANAGEMENT  
The processor provides four operating modes, each with a dif-  
ferent performance/power profile. When configured for a 0 V  
internal supply voltage (VDD_INT), the processor enters the hiber-  
nate state. Control of clocking to each of the processor  
peripherals also reduces power consumption. See Table 5 for a  
summary of the power settings for each mode.  
• Frame status delivery to memory through DMA, including  
frame completion semaphores for efficient buffer queue  
management in software  
• TX DMA support for separate descriptors for MAC header  
and payload to eliminate buffer copy operations  
• Convenient frame alignment modes  
Crystal Oscillator (SYS_XTAL)  
• 47 MAC management statistics counters with selectable  
clear-on-read behavior and programmable interrupts on  
half maximum value  
The processor can be clocked by an external crystal, (Figure 6) a  
sine wave input, or a buffered, shaped clock derived from an  
external clock oscillator. If an external clock is used, it should be  
a TTL compatible signal and must not be halted, changed, or  
operated below the specified frequency during normal opera-  
tion. This signal is connected to the processor’s SYS_CLKIN  
pin. When an external clock is used, the SYS_XTAL pin must be  
left unconnected. Alternatively, because the processor includes  
an on-chip oscillator circuit, an external crystal may be used.  
• Advanced power management  
• Magic packet detection and wakeup frame filtering  
• Support for 802.3Q tagged VLAN frames  
• Programmable MDC clock rate and preamble suppression  
IEEE 1588 Support  
For fundamental frequency operation, use the circuit shown in  
Figure 6. A parallel-resonant, fundamental frequency, micro-  
processor grade crystal is connected across the SYS_CLKIN and  
XTAL pins. The on-chip resistance between SYS_CLKIN and  
the XTAL pin is in the 500 kΩ range. Further parallel resistors  
are typically not recommended.  
The IEEE 1588 standard is a precision clock synchronization  
protocol for networked measurement and control systems. The  
processor includes hardware support for IEEE 1588 with an  
integrated precision time protocol synchronization engine  
Rev. 0  
| Page 14 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
BLACKFIN  
BLACKFIN  
TO PLL  
CIRCUITRY  
TO USB PLL  
ꢅꢁꢀȍ2  
ꢄꢅꢁȍ  
5-12 pf1, 2  
SYS_CLKIN  
18 pF*  
SYS_XTAL  
ꢃꢃꢁȍ  
*
FOR OVERTONE  
OPERATION ONLY:  
NOTES:  
1. CAPACITANCE VALUE SHOWN INCLUDES BOARD PARASITICS  
2. VALUES ARE A PRELIMINARY ESTIMATE.  
18 pF *  
Figure 7. External USB Crystal Connection  
NOTE: VALUES MARKED WITH * MUST BE CUSTOMIZED, DEPENDING  
ON THE CRYSTAL AND LAYOUT. PLEASE ANALYZE CAREFULLY. FOR  
FREQUENCIES ABOVE 33 MHz, THE SUGGESTED CAPACITOR VALUE  
OF 18pF SHOULD BE TREATED AS A MAXIMUM, AND THE SUGGESTED  
5(6,6725ꢀ9$/8(ꢀ6+28/'ꢀ%(ꢀ5('8&('ꢀ72ꢀꢁꢀȍꢂ  
The crystal should be chosen so that its rated load capacitance  
matches the nominal total capacitance on this node. A series  
resistor may be added between the USB_XTAL pin and the par-  
allel crystal and capacitor combination, in order to further  
reduce the drive level of the crystal.  
Figure 6. External Crystal Connection  
The parallel capacitor and the series resistor shown in Figure 7  
fine tune phase and amplitude of the sine frequency. The capac-  
itor and resistor values shown in Figure 7 are typical values  
only. The capacitor values are dependent upon the crystal man-  
ufacturers’ load capacitance recommendations and the PCB  
physical layout. The resistor value depends on the drive level  
specified by the crystal manufacturer. The user should verify the  
customized values based on careful investigations on multiple  
devices over temperature range.  
The two capacitors and the series resistor shown in Figure 6 fine  
tune phase and amplitude of the sine frequency. The capacitor  
and resistor values shown in Figure 6 are typical values only.  
The capacitor values are dependent upon the crystal manufac-  
turers’ load capacitance recommendations and the PCB physical  
layout. The resistor value depends on the drive level specified by  
the crystal manufacturer. The user should verify the customized  
values based on careful investigations on multiple devices over  
temperature range.  
A third-overtone crystal can be used for frequencies above   
25 MHz. The circuit is then modified to ensure crystal operation  
only at the third overtone by adding a tuned inductor circuit as  
shown in Figure 6. A design procedure for third-overtone oper-  
ation is discussed in detail in application note (EE-168) Using  
Third Overtone Crystals with the ADSP-218x DSP on the Ana-  
log Devices website (www.analog.com)—use site search on   
“EE-168.”  
Clock Generation  
The clock generation unit (CGU) generates all on-chip clocks  
and synchronization signals. Multiplication factors are pro-  
grammed to the PLL to define the PLLCLK frequency.  
Programmable values divide the PLLCLK frequency to generate  
the core clock (CCLK), the system clocks (SYSCLK, SCLK0 and  
SCLK1), the LPDDR or DDR2 clock (DCLK) and the output  
clock (OCLK). This is illustrated in Figure 8 on Page 53.  
USB Crystal Oscillator  
Writing to the CGU control registers does not affect the behav-  
ior of the PLL immediately. Registers are first programmed with  
a new value, and the PLL logic executes the changes so that it  
transitions smoothly from the current conditions to the new  
ones.  
The USB can be clocked by an external crystal, a sine wave  
input, or a buffered, shaped clock derived from an external  
clock oscillator. If an external clock is used, it should be a TTL  
compatible signal and must not be halted, changed, or operated  
below the specified frequency during normal operation. This  
signal is connected to the processor’s USB_XTAL pin. Alterna-  
tively, because the processor includes an on-chip oscillator  
circuit, an external crystal may be used.  
SYS_CLKIN oscillations start when power is applied to the VDD_  
EXT pins. The rising edge of SYS_HWRST can be applied after all  
voltage supplies are within specifications (see Operating Condi-  
tions on Page 52), and SYS_CLKIN oscillations are stable.  
For fundamental frequency operation, use the circuit shown in  
Figure 7. A parallel-resonant, fundamental frequency, micro-  
processor grade crystal is connected between the USB_XTAL  
pin and ground. A load capacitor is placed in parallel with the  
crystal. The combined capacitive value of the board trace para-  
sitic, the case capacitance of the crystal (from crystal  
manufacturer) and the parallel capacitor in the diagram should  
be in the range of 8 pF to 15 pF.  
Clock Out/External Clock  
The SYS_CLKOUT output pin has programmable options to  
output divided-down versions of the on-chip clocks. By default,  
the SYS_CLKOUT pin drives a buffered version of the SYS_  
CLKIN input. Clock generation faults (for example PLL unlock)  
may trigger a reset by hardware. The clocks shown in Table 3  
can be outputs from SYS_CLKOUT.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 15 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 3. Clock Dividers  
See Table 5 for a summary of the power settings for each mode.  
Clock Source  
Divider  
By 4  
Table 5. Power Settings  
CCLK (core clock)  
SYSCLK (System clock)  
fSYSCLK,  
fDCLK,  
By 2  
SCLK0 (system clock for PVP, all None  
peripherals not covered by  
SCLK1)  
PLL  
Bypassed fCCLK  
f
SCLK0,  
Core  
Power  
Mode/State PLL  
fSCLK1  
Full On  
Active  
Enabled No  
Enabled Enabled  
Enabled Enabled  
On  
On  
SCLK1 (system clock for SPORTS, None  
SPI, ACM)  
Enabled/Yes  
Disabled  
DCLK (LPDDR/DDR2 clock)  
OCLK (output clock)  
CLKBUF  
By 2  
Deep Sleep Disabled —  
Hibernate Disabled —  
Disabled Disabled On  
Disabled Disabled Off  
Programmable  
None, direct from SYS_CLKIN  
Deep Sleep Operating Mode—Maximum Dynamic Power  
Savings  
Power Management  
As shown in Table 4, the processor supports five different power  
domains, which maximizes flexibility while maintaining com-  
pliance with industry standards and conventions. There are no  
sequencing requirements for the various power domains, but all  
domains must be powered according to the appropriate Specifi-  
cations table for processor operating conditions; even if the  
feature/peripheral is not used.  
The deep sleep mode maximizes dynamic power savings by dis-  
abling the clocks to the processor core and to all synchronous  
peripherals. Asynchronous peripherals may still be running but  
cannot access internal resources or external memory.  
Hibernate State—Maximum Static Power Savings  
The hibernate state maximizes static power savings by disabling  
the voltage and clocks to the processor cores and to all of the  
peripherals. This setting signals the external voltage regulator  
supplying the VDD_INT pins to shut off using the SYS_  
EXTWAKE signal, which provides the lowest static power dissi-  
pation. Any critical information stored internally (for example,  
memory contents, register contents, and other information)  
must be written to a non-volatile storage device prior to remov-  
ing power if the processor state is to be preserved.  
Table 4. Power Domains  
Power Domain  
All internal logic  
DDR2/LPDDR  
USB  
VDD Range  
VDD_INT  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_USB  
Thermal diode  
VDD_TD  
Since the VDD_EXT pins can still be supplied in this mode, all of  
the external pins three-state, unless otherwise specified. This  
allows other devices that may be connected to the processor to  
still have power applied without drawing unwanted current.  
All other I/O (includes SYS, JTAG, and Ports pins) VDD_EXT  
The dynamic power management feature of the processor  
allows the processor’s core clock frequency (fCCLK) to be dynam-  
ically controlled.  
Reset Control Unit  
The power dissipated by a processor is largely a function of its  
clock frequency and the square of the operating voltage. For  
example, reducing the clock frequency by 25% results in a 25%  
reduction in dynamic power dissipation.  
Reset is the initial state of the whole processor or one of the  
cores and is the result of a hardware or software triggered event.  
In this state, all control registers are set to their default values  
and functional units are idle. Exiting a full system reset starts  
with Core-0 only being ready to boot. Exiting a Core-n only  
reset starts with this Core-n being ready to boot.  
Full-On Operating Mode—Maximum Performance  
In the full-on mode, the PLL is enabled and is not bypassed,  
providing capability for maximum operational frequency. This  
is the power-up default execution state in which maximum per-  
formance can be achieved. The processor cores and all enabled  
peripherals run at full speed.  
The Reset Control Unit (RCU) controls how all the functional  
units enter and exit reset. Differences in functional require-  
ments and clocking constraints define how reset signals are  
generated. Programs must guarantee that none of the reset  
functions puts the system into an undefined state or causes  
resources to stall. This is particularly important when only one  
of the cores is reset (programs must ensure that there is no  
pending system activity involving the core that is being reset).  
Active Operating Mode—Moderate Dynamic Power Savings  
In the active mode, the PLL is enabled but bypassed. Because the  
PLL is bypassed, the processor’s core clocks and system clocks  
run at the input clock (SYS_CLKIN) frequency. DMA access is  
available to appropriately configured L1 memories.  
For more information about PLL controls, see the “Dynamic  
Power Management” chapter in the ADSP-BF60x Blackfin Pro-  
cessor Hardware Reference.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 16 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
From a system perspective reset is defined by both the reset tar-  
get and the reset source as described below.  
System Debug Unit  
The System Debug Unit (SDU) provides IEEE-1149.1 support  
through its JTAG interface. In addition to traditional JTAG fea-  
tures, present in legacy Blackfin products, the SDU adds more  
features for debugging the chip without halting the core  
processors.  
Target defined:  
• Hardware Reset – All functional units are set to their  
default states without exception. History is lost.  
• System Reset – All functional units except the RCU are set  
to their default states.  
DEVELOPMENT TOOLS  
• Core-n only Reset – Affects Core-n only. The system soft-  
ware should guarantee that the core in reset state is not  
accessed by any bus master.  
Analog Devices supports its processors with a complete line of  
software and hardware development tools, including integrated  
development environments (which include CrossCore® Embed-  
ded Studio and/or VisualDSP++®), evaluation products,  
emulators, and a wide variety of software add-ins.  
Source defined:  
• Hardware Reset – The SYS_HWRST input signal is  
asserted active (pulled down).  
Integrated Development Environments (IDEs)  
• System Reset – May be triggered by software (writing to the  
RCU_CTL register) or by another functional unit such as  
the dynamic power management (DPM) unit (Hibernate)  
or any of the system event controller (SEC), trigger routing  
unit (TRU), or emulator inputs.  
For C/C++ software writing and editing, code generation, and  
debug support, Analog Devices offers two IDEs.  
The newest IDE, CrossCore Embedded Studio, is based on the  
TM  
Eclipse framework. Supporting most Analog Devices proces-  
sor families, it is the IDE of choice for future processors,  
including multicore devices. CrossCore Embedded Studio  
seamlessly integrates available software add-ins to support real  
time operating systems, file systems, TCP/IP stacks, USB stacks,  
algorithmic software modules, and evaluation hardware board  
support packages. For more information visit  
• Core-n-only reset – Triggered by software.  
• Trigger request (peripheral).  
Voltage Regulation  
The processor requires an external voltage regulator to power  
the VDD_INT pins. To reduce standby power consumption, the  
external voltage regulator can be signaled through SYS_  
EXTWAKE to remove power from the processor core. This sig-  
nal is high-true for power-up and may be connected directly to  
the low-true shut-down input of many common regulators.  
www.analog.com/cces.  
The other Analog Devices IDE, VisualDSP++, supports proces-  
sor families introduced prior to the release of CrossCore  
Embedded Studio. This IDE includes the Analog Devices VDK  
real time operating system and an open source TCP/IP stack.  
For more information visit www.analog.com/visualdsp. Note  
that VisualDSP++ will not support future Analog Devices  
processors.  
While in the hibernate state, all external supply pins (VDD_EXT  
,
VDD_USB, VDD_DMC) can still be powered, eliminating the need for  
external buffers. The external voltage regulator can be activated  
from this power down state by asserting the SYS_HWRST pin,  
which then initiates a boot sequence. SYS_EXTWAKE indicates  
a wakeup to the external voltage regulator.  
EZ-KIT Lite Evaluation Board  
For processor evaluation, Analog Devices provides wide range  
of EZ-KIT Lite® evaluation boards. Including the processor and  
key peripherals, the evaluation board also supports on-chip  
emulation capabilities and other evaluation and development  
features. Also available are various EZ-Extenders®, which are  
daughter cards delivering additional specialized functionality,  
including audio and video processing. For more information  
visit www.analog.com and search on “ezkit” or “ezextender”.  
SYSTEM DEBUG  
The processor includes various features that allow for easy sys-  
tem debug. These are described in the following sections.  
System Watchpoint Unit  
The System Watchpoint Unit (SWU) is a single module which  
connects to a single system bus and provides for transaction  
monitoring. One SWU is attached to the bus going to each sys-  
tem slave. The SWU provides ports for all system bus address  
channel signals. Each SWU contains four match groups of regis-  
ters with associated hardware. These four SWU match groups  
operate independently, but share common event (interrupt,  
trigger and others) outputs.  
EZ-KIT Lite Evaluation Kits  
For a cost-effective way to learn more about developing with  
Analog Devices processors, Analog Devices offer a range of EZ-  
KIT Lite evaluation kits. Each evaluation kit includes an EZ-KIT  
Lite evaluation board, directions for downloading an evaluation  
version of the available IDE(s), a USB cable, and a power supply.  
The USB controller on the EZ-KIT Lite board connects to the  
USB port of the user’s PC, enabling the chosen IDE evaluation  
suite to emulate the on-board processor in-circuit. This permits  
the customer to download, execute, and debug programs for the  
EZ-KIT Lite system. It also supports in-circuit programming of  
the on-board Flash device to store user-specific boot code,  
enabling standalone operation. With the full version of  
Rev. 0  
| Page 17 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
CrossCore Embedded Studio or VisualDSP++ installed (sold  
separately), engineers can develop software for supported EZ-  
KITs or any custom system utilizing supported Analog Devices  
processors.  
For details on target board design issues including mechanical  
layout, single processor connections, signal buffering, signal ter-  
mination, and emulator pod logic, see the EE-68: Analog Devices  
JTAG Emulation Technical Reference on the Analog Devices  
website (www.analog.com)—use site search on “EE-68.” This  
document is updated regularly to keep pace with improvements  
to emulator support.  
Software Add-Ins for CrossCore Embedded Studio  
Analog Devices offers software add-ins which seamlessly inte-  
grate with CrossCore Embedded Studio to extend its capabilities  
and reduce development time. Add-ins include board support  
packages for evaluation hardware, various middleware pack-  
ages, and algorithmic modules. Documentation, help,  
configuration dialogs, and coding examples present in these  
add-ins are viewable through the CrossCore Embedded Studio  
IDE once the add-in is installed.  
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  
The following publications that describe the ADSP-BF606/  
ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609 processors (and  
related processors) can be ordered from any Analog Devices  
sales office or accessed electronically on our website:  
Getting Started With Blackfin Processors  
Board Support Packages for Evaluation Hardware  
ADSP-BF60x Blackfin Processor Hardware Reference  
Blackfin Processor Programming Reference  
ADSP-BF60x Blackfin Processor Anomaly List  
Software support for the EZ-KIT Lite evaluation boards and EZ-  
Extender daughter cards is provided by software add-ins called  
Board Support Packages (BSPs). The BSPs contain the required  
drivers, pertinent release notes, and select example code for the  
given evaluation hardware. A download link for a specific BSP is  
located on the web page for the associated EZ-KIT or EZ-  
Extender product. The link is found in the Product Download  
area of the product web page.  
RELATED SIGNAL CHAINS  
A signal chain is a series of signal-conditioning electronic com-  
ponents that receive input (data acquired from sampling either  
real-time phenomena or from stored data) in tandem, with the  
output of one portion of the chain supplying input to the next.  
Signal chains are often used in signal processing applications to  
gather and process data or to apply system controls based on  
analysis of real-time phenomena. For more information about  
this term and related topics, see the “signal chain” entry in the  
Glossary of EE Terms on the Analog Devices website.  
Middleware Packages  
Analog Devices separately offers middleware add-ins such as  
real time operating systems, file systems, USB stacks, and  
TCP/IP stacks. For more information see the following web  
pages:  
Analog Devices eases signal processing system development by  
providing signal processing components that are designed to  
work together well. A tool for viewing relationships between  
specific applications and related components is available on the  
www.analog.com website.  
www.analog.com/ucos3  
www.analog.com/ucfs  
www.analog.com/ucusbd  
www.analog.com/lwip  
The Application Signal Chains page in the Circuits from the  
TM  
Algorithmic Modules  
Lab site (http:\\www.analog.com\circuits) provides:  
To speed development, Analog Devices offers add-ins that per-  
form popular audio and video processing algorithms. These are  
available for use with both CrossCore Embedded Studio and  
VisualDSP++. For more information visit www.analog.com and  
search on “Blackfin software modules”.  
• Graphical circuit block diagram presentation of signal  
chains for a variety of circuit types and applications  
• Drill down links for components in each chain to selection  
guides and application information  
• Reference designs applying best practice design techniques  
Designing an Emulator-Compatible DSP Board (Target)  
For embedded system test and debug, Analog Devices provides  
a family of emulators. On each JTAG DSP, Analog Devices sup-  
plies an IEEE 1149.1 JTAG Test Access Port (TAP). In-circuit  
emulation is facilitated by use of this JTAG interface. The emu-  
lator accesses the processor’s internal features via the  
processor’s TAP, allowing the developer to load code, set break-  
points, and view variables, memory, and registers. The  
processor must be halted to send data and commands, but once  
an operation is completed by the emulator, the DSP system is set  
to run at full speed with no impact on system timing. The emu-  
lators require the target board to include a header that supports  
connection of the DSP’s JTAG port to the emulator.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 18 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
ADSP-BF60x DETAILED SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS  
Table 6 provides a detailed description of each signal.  
Table 6. Detailed Signal Descriptions  
Signal Name  
ACM_An  
ACM_CLK  
ACM_FS  
Direction  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Description  
ADC Control Signals Function varies by mode.  
Clock SCLK derived clock for connecting to an ADC.  
Frame Sync Typically used as an ADC chip select.  
External Trigger n Input for external trigger events.  
Receive Typically an external CAN transceiver's RX output.  
Transmit Typically an external CAN transceiver's TX input.  
ACM_Tn  
CAN_RX  
Input  
CAN_TX  
Output  
Input  
CNT_DG  
Count Down and Gate Depending on the mode of operation this input acts either as a count down  
signal or a gate signal.  
Count Down: This input causes the GP counter to decrement.  
Gate: Stops the GP counter from incrementing or decrementing.  
CNT_UD  
Input  
Count Up and Direction Depending on the mode of operation this input acts either as a count up signal  
or a direction signal.  
Count Up: This input causes the GP counter to increment.  
Direction: Selects whether the GP counter is incrementing or decrementing.  
CNT_ZM  
Input  
Count Zero Marker Input that connects to the zero marker output of a rotary device or detects the  
pressing of a push button.  
DMC_Ann  
DMC_BAn  
Output  
Output  
Address n Address bus.  
BankAddressInputn DefineswhichinternalbankanACTIVATE,READ, WRITE,orPRECHARGEcommand  
is being applied to on the dynamic memory. Also defines which mode registers (MR, EMR, EMR2, and/or  
EMR3) are loaded during the LOAD MODE REGISTER command.  
DMC_CAS  
Output  
Column Address Strobe Defines the operation for external dynamic memory to perform in conjunction  
with other DMC command signals. Connect to the CAS input of dynamic memory.  
DMC_CK  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
I/O  
Clock (complement) Complement of DMC_CK.  
DMC_CK  
Clock Outputs DCLK to external dynamic memory.  
DMC_CKE  
DMC_CSn  
DMC_DQnn  
DMC_LDM  
Clock enable Active high clock enables. Connects to the dynamic memory’s CKE input.  
Chip Select n Commands are recognized by the memory only when this signal is asserted.  
Data n Bidirectional data bus.  
Output  
Data Mask for Lower Byte Mask for DMC_DQ07:DMC_DQ00 write data when driven high. Sampled on  
both edges of the data strobe by the dynamic memory.  
DMC_LDQS  
DMC_LDQS  
I/O  
I/O  
Data Strobe for Lower Byte (complement) Complement of LDQS. Not used in single-ended mode.  
Data Strobe for Lower Byte DMC_DQ07:DMC_DQ00 data strobe. Output with Write Data. Input with  
Read Data. May be single-ended or differential depending on register settings.  
DMC_ODT  
DMC_RAS  
DMC_UDM  
Output  
Output  
Output  
On-die Termination Enables dynamic memory termination resistances when driven high (assuming  
the memory is properly configured). ODT is enabled/disabled regardless of read or write commands.  
Row Address Strobe Defines the operation for external dynamic memory to perform in conjunction  
with other DMC command signals. Connect to the RAS input of dynamic memory.  
Data Mask for Upper Byte Mask for DMC_DQ15:DMC_DQ08 write data when driven high. Sampled on  
both edges of the data strobe by the dynamic memory.  
DMC_UDQS  
DMC_UDQS  
I/O  
I/O  
Data Strobe for Upper Byte (complement) Complement of UDQS. Not used in single-ended mode.  
Data Strobe for Upper Byte DMC_DQ15:DMC_DQ08 data strobe. Output with Write Data. Input with  
Read Data. May be single-ended or differential depending on register settings.  
DMC_WE  
Output  
Write Enable Defines the operation for external dynamic memory to perform in conjunction with other  
DMC command signals. Connect to the WE input of dynamic memory.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 19 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 6. Detailed Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
Direction  
Description  
ETH_CRS  
Input  
Carrier Sense/RMII Receive Data Valid Multiplexed on alternate clock cycles.  
CRS: Asserted by the PHY when either the transmit or receive medium is not idle. De-asserted when both  
are idle.  
RXDV: Asserted by the PHY when the data on RXDn is valid.  
ETH_MDC  
Output  
I/O  
Management Channel Clock Clocks the MDC input of the PHY.  
ETH_MDIO  
Management Channel Serial Data Bidirectional data bus for PHY control.  
ETH_PTPAUXIN  
Input  
PTP Auxiliary Trigger Input Assert this signal to take an auxiliary snapshot of the time and store it in  
the auxiliary time stamp FIFO.  
ETH_PTPCLKIN  
ETH_PTPPPS  
Input  
PTP Clock Input Optional external PTP clock input.  
Output  
PTP Pulse-Per-Second Output When the Advanced Time Stamp feature is enabled, this signal is  
asserted based on the PPS mode selected. Otherwise, PTPPPS is asserted every time the seconds counter  
is incremented.  
ETH_REFCLK  
ETH_RXDn  
ETH_TXDn  
ETH_TXEN  
JTG_EMU  
JTG_TCK  
Input  
Input  
Output  
I/O  
Reference Clock Externally supplied Ethernet clock.  
Receive Data n Receive data bus.  
Transmit Data n Transmit data bus.  
Transmit Enable When asserted indicates that the data on TXDn is valid.  
Emulation Output JTAG emulation flag.  
Output  
Input  
Input  
Output  
Input  
Input  
I/O  
Clock JTAG test access port clock.  
JTG_TDI  
Serial Data In JTAG test access port data input.  
Serial Data Out JTAG test access port data output.  
Mode Select JTAG test access port mode select.  
Reset JTAG test access port reset.  
JTG_TDO  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TRST  
LP_ACK  
Acknowledge Provides handshaking. When the link port is configured as a receiver, ACK is an output.  
When the link port is configured as a transmitter, ACK is an input.  
LP_CLK  
I/O  
Clock When the link port is configured as a receiver, CLK is an input. When the link port is configured as  
a transmitter, CLK is an output.  
LP_Dn  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
Data n Data bus. Input when receiving, output when transmitting.  
Clock Input in external clock mode, output in internal clock mode.  
Data n Bidirectional data bus.  
PPI_CLK  
PPI_Dnn  
PPI_FS1  
Frame Sync 1 (HSYNC) Behavior depends on PPI mode. See the PPI chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
PPI_FS2  
PPI_FS3  
I/O  
I/O  
Frame Sync 2 (VSYNC) Behavior depends on PPI mode. See the PPI chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
Frame Sync 3 (FIELD) Behavior depends on PPI mode. See the PPI chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
PWM_AH  
PWM_AL  
PWM_BH  
PWM_BL  
PWM_CH  
PWM_CL  
PWM_DH  
PWM_DL  
PWM_SYNC  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Channel A High Side High side drive signal.  
Channel A Low Side Low side drive signal.  
Channel B High Side High side drive signal.  
Channel B Low Side Low side drive signal.  
Channel C High Side High side drive signal.  
Channel C Low Side Low side drive signal.  
Channel D High Side High side drive signal.  
Channel D Low Side Low side drive signal.  
PWM External Sync This input is for an externally generated sync signal. If the sync signal is internally  
generated no connection is necessary.  
PWM_TRIPn  
Px_nn  
Input  
I/O  
Shutdown Input n When asserted the selected PWM channel outputs are shut down immediately.  
Position n General purpose input/output. See the GP Ports chapter in the processor hardware reference  
for programming information.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 20 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 6. Detailed Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
RSI_CLK  
Direction  
Output  
I/O  
Description  
Clock The clock signal applied to the connected device from the RSI.  
Command Used to send commands to and receive responses from the connected device.  
Data n Bidirectional data bus.  
RSI_CMD  
RSI_Dn  
I/O  
SMC_ABEn  
Output  
Byte Enable n Indicate whether the lower or upper byte of a memory is being accessed. When an  
asynchronous write is made to the upper byte of a 16-bit memory, SMC_ABE1 =0 and SMC_ABE0 =1.  
When an asynchronous write is made to the lower byte of a 16-bit memory, SMC_ABE1 =1 and  
SMC_ABE0 =0.  
SMC_AMSn  
SMC_Ann  
SMC_AOE  
SMC_ARDY  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Memory Select n Typically connects to the chip select of a memory device.  
Address n Address bus.  
Output Enable Asserts at the beginning of the setup period of a read access.  
Asynchronous Ready Flow control signal used by memory devices to indicate to the SMC when further  
transactions may proceed.  
SMC_ARE  
SMC_AWE  
SMC_BG  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Read Enable Asserts at the beginning of a read access.  
Write Enable Asserts for the duration of a write access period.  
Bus Grant Output used to indicate to an external device that it has been granted control of the SMC  
buses.  
SMC_BGH  
Output  
Bus Grant Hang Output used to indicate that the SMC has a pending transaction which requires control  
of the bus to be restored before it can be completed.  
SMC_BR  
Input  
I/O  
Bus Request Input used by an external device to indicate that it is requesting control of the SMC buses.  
Data n Bidirectional data bus.  
SMC_Dnn  
SMC_NORCLK  
SMC_NORDV  
SMC_NORWT  
Output  
Output  
Input  
NOR Clock Clock for synchronous burst mode.  
NOR Data Valid Asserts for the duration of a synchronous burst mode read setup period.  
NOR Wait Flow control signal used by memory devices in synchronous burst mode to indicate to the  
SMC when further transactions may proceed.  
SPI_CLK  
SPI_D2  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
Clock Input in slave mode, output in master mode.  
Data 2 Used to transfer serial data in quad mode. Open drain in ODM mode.  
Data 3 Used to transfer serial data in quad mode. Open drain in ODM mode.  
SPI_D3  
SPI_MISO  
Master In, Slave Out Used to transfer serial data. Operates in the same direction as SPI_MOSI in dual  
and quad modes. Open drain in ODM mode.  
SPI_MOSI  
I/O  
Master Out, Slave In Used to transfer serial data. Operates in the same direction as SPI_MISO in dual  
and quad modes. Open drain in ODM mode.  
SPI_RDY  
SPI_SELn  
SPI_SS  
I/O  
Ready Optional flow signal. Output in slave mode, input in master mode.  
Slave Select Output n Used in master mode to enable the desired slave.  
Output  
Input  
Slave Select Input Slave mode: acts as the slave select input. Master mode: optionally serves as an error  
detection input for the SPI when there are multiple masters.  
SPT_ACLK  
SPT_AD0  
SPT_AD1  
SPT_AFS  
SPT_ATDV  
SPT_BCLK  
SPT_BD0  
I/O  
Channel A Clock Data and frame sync are driven/sampled with respect to this clock. This signal can be  
either internally or externally generated.  
I/O  
Channel A Data 0 Primary bidirectional data I/O. This signal can be configured as an output to transmit  
serial data, or as an input to receive serial data.  
I/O  
Channel A Data 1 Secondary bidirectional data I/O. This signal can be configured as an output to  
transmit serial data, or as an input to receive serial data.  
I/O  
Channel A Frame Sync The frame sync pulse initiates shifting of serial data. This signal is either  
generated internally or externally.  
Output  
I/O  
Channel A Transmit Data Valid This signal is optional and only active when SPORT is configured in  
multi-channel transmit mode. It is asserted during enabled slots.  
Channel B Clock Data and frame sync are driven/sampled with respect to this clock. This signal can be  
either internally or externally generated.  
I/O  
Channel B Data 0 Primary bidirectional data I/O. This signal can be configured as an output to transmit  
serial data, or as an input to receive serial data.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 21 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 6. Detailed Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
Direction  
Description  
SPT_BD1  
I/O  
Channel B Data 1 Secondary bidirectional data I/O. This signal can be configured as an output to  
transmit serial data, or as an input to receive serial data.  
SPT_BFS  
I/O  
Channel B Frame Sync The frame sync pulse initiates shifting of serial data. This signal is either  
generated internally or externally.  
SPT_BTDV  
Output  
Channel B Transmit Data Valid This signal is optional and only active when SPORT is configured in  
multi-channel transmit mode. It is asserted during enabled slots.  
SYS_BMODEn  
SYS_CLKIN  
Input  
Boot Mode Control n Selects the boot mode of the processor.  
Clock/Crystal Input Connect to an external clock source or crystal.  
Input  
SYS_CLKOUT  
Output  
Processor Clock Output Outputs internal clocks. Clocks may be divided down. See the CGU chapter in  
the processor hardware reference for more details.  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
Output  
External Wake Control Drives low during hibernate and high all other times. Typically connected to the  
enable input of the voltage regulator controlling the VDD_INT supply.  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_IDLEn  
SYS_NMI  
I/O  
Complementary Fault Complement of SYS_FAULT.  
I/O  
Fault Indicates internal faults or senses external faults depending on the operating mode.  
Processor Hardware Reset Control Resets the device when asserted.  
Core n Idle Indicator When low indicates that core n is in idle mode or being held in reset.  
Input  
Output  
Input  
Non-maskable Interrupt Priority depends on the core that receives the interrupt. See the processor  
hardware and programming references for more details.  
SYS_PWRGD  
Input  
Power Good Indicator When high it indicates to the processor that the VDD_INT level is within specifica-  
tions such that it is safe to begin booting upon return from hibernate.  
SYS_RESOUT  
SYS_SLEEP  
Output  
Output  
Reset Output Indicates that the device is in the reset state.  
Processor Sleep Indicator When low indicates that the processor is in the deep sleep power saving  
mode.  
SYS_TDA  
SYS_TDK  
Input  
Input  
Thermal Diode Anode May be used by an external temperature sensor to measure the die temperature.  
Thermal Diode Cathode May be used by an external temperature sensor to measure the die  
temperature.  
SYS_XTAL  
TMR_ACIn  
TMR_ACLKn  
TMR_CLK  
TMR_TMRn  
TWI_SCL  
Output  
Input  
Input  
Input  
I/O  
Crystal Output Drives an external crystal. Must be left unconnected if an external clock is driving CLKIN.  
Alternate Capture Input n Provides an additional input for WIDCAP, WATCHDOG, and PININT modes.  
Alternate Clock n Provides an additional time base for use by an individual timer.  
Clock Provides an additional global time base for use by all the GP timers.  
Timer n The main input/output signal for each timer.  
I/O  
Serial Clock Clock output when master, clock input when slave.  
Serial Data Receives or transmits data.  
TWI_SDA  
UART_CTS  
UART_RTS  
UART_RX  
I/O  
Input  
Output  
Input  
Clear to Send Flow control signal.  
Request to Send Flow control signal.  
Receive Receive input. Typically connects to a transceiver that meets the electrical requirements of the  
device being communicated with.  
UART_TX  
Output  
Input  
Transmit Transmit output. Typically connects to a transceiver that meets the electrical requirements of  
the device being communicated with.  
USB_CLKIN  
Clock/Crystal Input This clock input is multiplied by a PLL to form the USB clock. See Universal Serial  
Bus (USB) On-The-Go—Receive and Transmit Timing for frequency/tolerance information.  
USB_DM  
USB_DP  
USB_ID  
I/O  
Data – Bidirectional differential data line.  
Data + Bidirectional differential data line.  
I/O  
Input  
OTG ID Senses whether the controller is a host or device. This signal is pulled low when an A-type plug  
is sensed (signifying that the USB controller is the A device), but the input is high when a B-type plug is  
sensed (signifying that the USB controller is the B device).  
USB_VBC  
Output  
I/O  
VBUS Control Controls an external voltage source to supply VBUS when in host mode. May be  
configured as open drain. Polarity is configurable as well.  
USB_VBUS  
Bus Voltage Connects to bus voltage in host and device modes.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 22 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
349-BALL CSP_BGA SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS  
The processors' pin definitions are shown in the table. The col-  
umns in this table provide the following information:  
• Port: The General-Purpose I/O Port column in the table  
shows whether or not the signal is multiplexed with other  
signals on a general-purpose I/O port pin.  
• Signal Name: The Signal Name column in the table  
includes the Signal Name for every pin.  
• Pin Name: The Pin Name column in the table identifies the  
name of the package pin (at power-on reset) on which the  
signal is located (if a single function pin) or is multiplexed  
(if a general-purpose I/O pin).  
• Description: The Description column in the table provides  
a verbose (descriptive) name for the signal.  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions  
Signal Name  
ACM0_A0  
ACM0_A1  
ACM0_A2  
ACM0_A3  
ACM0_A4  
ACM0_CLK  
ACM0_FS  
Description  
Port  
Pin Name  
PF_14  
ACM0 Address 0  
F
ACM0 Address 1  
F
PF_15  
ACM0 Address 2  
F
PF_12  
ACM0 Address 3  
F
PF_13  
ACM0 Address 4  
F
PF_10  
ACM0 Clock  
E
PE_04  
ACM0 Frame Sync  
ACM0 External Trigger 0  
ACM0 External Trigger 1  
CAN0 Receive  
E
PE_03  
ACM0_T0  
E
PE_08  
ACM0_T1  
G
PG_05  
CAN0_RX  
G
PG_04  
CAN0_TX  
CAN0 Transmit  
G
PG_01  
CNT0_DG  
CNT0_UD  
CNT0_ZM  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A05  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A10  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CS0  
CNT0 Count Down and Gate  
CNT0 Count Up and Direction  
CNT0 Count Zero Marker  
DMC Address 0  
G
PG_12  
G
PG_11  
G
PG_07  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A05  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A10  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CS0  
DMC Address 1  
DMC Address 2  
DMC Address 3  
DMC Address 4  
DMC Address 5  
DMC Address 6  
DMC Address 7  
DMC Address 8  
DMC Address 9  
DMC Address 10  
DMC Address 11  
DMC Address 12  
DMC Address 13  
DMC Bank Address Input 0  
DMC Bank Address Input 1  
DMC Bank Address Input 2  
DMC Column Address Strobe  
DMC Clock  
DMC Clock Enable  
DMC Clock (complement)  
DMC Chip Select 0  
Rev. 0  
| Page 23 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ01  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ03  
DMC0_DQ04  
DMC0_DQ05  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0_DQ07  
DMC0_DQ08  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_DQ10  
DMC0_DQ11  
DMC0_DQ12  
DMC0_DQ13  
DMC0_DQ14  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_RAS  
Description  
Port  
Pin Name  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ01  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ03  
DMC0_DQ04  
DMC0_DQ05  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0_DQ07  
DMC0_DQ08  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_DQ10  
DMC0_DQ11  
DMC0_DQ12  
DMC0_DQ13  
DMC0_DQ14  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_UDM  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_WE  
PC_05  
DMC Data 0  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 1  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 2  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 3  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 4  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 5  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 6  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 7  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 8  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 9  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 10  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 11  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 12  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 13  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 14  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data 15  
Not Muxed  
DMC Data Mask for Lower Byte  
DMC Data Strobe for Lower Byte  
DMC Data Strobe for Lower Byte (complement)  
DMC On-die Termination  
DMC Row Address Strobe  
DMC Data Mask for Upper Byte  
DMC Data Strobe for Upper Byte  
DMC Data Strobe for Upper Byte (complement)  
DMC Write Enable  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
DMC0_UDM  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_WE  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
ETH0_CRS  
EMAC0 Carrier Sense/RMII Receive Data Valid  
EMAC0 Management Channel Clock  
EMAC0 Management Channel Serial Data  
EMAC0 PTP Pulse-Per-Second Output  
EMAC0 Reference Clock  
EMAC0 Receive Data 0  
EMAC0 Receive Data 1  
EMAC0 Transmit Data 0  
EMAC0 Transmit Data 1  
EMAC0 Transmit Enable  
EMAC1 Carrier Sense/RMII Receive Data Valid  
EMAC1 Management Channel Clock  
EMAC1 Management Channel Serial Data  
EMAC1 PTP Pulse-Per-Second Output  
EMAC1 Reference Clock  
EMAC1 Receive Data 0  
EMAC1 Receive Data 1  
EMAC1 Transmit Data 0  
EMAC1 Transmit Data 1  
EMAC1 Transmit Enable  
EMAC0/EMAC1 PTP Auxiliary Trigger Input  
C
C
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
B
E
ETH0_MDC  
PC_06  
ETH0_MDIO  
ETH0_PTPPPS  
ETH0_REFCLK  
ETH0_RXD0  
ETH0_RXD1  
ETH0_TXD0  
ETH0_TXD1  
ETH0_TXEN  
ETH1_CRS  
PC_07  
PB_15  
PB_14  
PC_00  
PC_01  
PC_02  
PC_03  
PB_13  
PE_13  
ETH1_MDC  
E
PE_10  
ETH1_MDIO  
ETH1_PTPPPS  
ETH1_REFCLK  
ETH1_RXD0  
ETH1_RXD1  
ETH1_TXD0  
ETH1_TXD1  
ETH1_TXEN  
ETH_PTPAUXIN  
E
PE_11  
C
G
G
E
PC_09  
PG_06  
PG_00  
PE_15  
G
G
G
C
PG_03  
PG_02  
PG_05  
PC_11  
Rev. 0  
| Page 24 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
ETH_PTPCLKIN  
GND  
Description  
EMAC0/EMAC1 PTP Clock Input  
Ground  
Port  
Pin Name  
PC_13  
GND  
C
Not Muxed  
JTG_EMU  
JTG_TCK  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TRST  
LP0_ACK  
LP0_CLK  
LP0_D0  
LP0_D1  
LP0_D2  
LP0_D3  
LP0_D4  
LP0_D5  
LP0_D6  
LP0_D7  
LP1_ACK  
LP1_CLK  
LP1_D0  
LP1_D1  
LP1_D2  
LP1_D3  
LP1_D4  
LP1_D5  
LP1_D6  
LP1_D7  
LP2_ACK  
LP2_CLK  
LP2_D0  
LP2_D1  
LP2_D2  
LP2_D3  
LP2_D4  
LP2_D5  
LP2_D6  
LP2_D7  
LP3_ACK  
LP3_CLK  
LP3_D0  
LP3_D1  
LP3_D2  
LP3_D3  
LP3_D4  
LP3_D5  
Emulation Output  
JTAG Clock  
Not Muxed  
JTG_EMU  
JTG_TCK  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TRST  
PB_01  
PB_00  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
PB_02  
PB_03  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_12  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
PE_08  
PE_09  
PF_00  
PF_01  
PF_02  
PF_03  
PF_04  
PF_05  
PF_06  
PF_07  
PE_07  
PE_06  
PF_08  
PF_09  
PF_10  
PF_11  
PF_12  
PF_13  
Not Muxed  
JTAG Serial Data Input  
JTAG Serial Data Output  
JTAG Mode Select  
JTAG Reset  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
LP0 Acknowledge  
LP0 Clock  
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
E
LP0 Data 0  
LP0 Data 1  
LP0 Data 2  
LP0 Data 3  
LP0 Data 4  
LP0 Data 5  
LP0 Data 6  
LP0 Data 7  
LP1 Acknowledge  
LP1 Clock  
LP1 Data 0  
LP1 Data 1  
LP1 Data 2  
LP1 Data 3  
LP1 Data 4  
LP1 Data 5  
LP1 Data 6  
LP1 Data 7  
LP2 Acknowledge  
LP2 Clock  
E
LP2 Data 0  
F
LP2 Data 1  
F
LP2 Data 2  
F
LP2 Data 3  
F
LP2 Data 4  
F
LP2 Data 5  
F
LP2 Data 6  
F
LP2 Data 7  
F
LP3 Acknowledge  
LP3 Clock  
E
E
LP3 Data 0  
F
LP3 Data 1  
F
LP3 Data 2  
F
LP3 Data 3  
F
LP3 Data 4  
F
LP3 Data 5  
F
Rev. 0  
| Page 25 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
LP3_D6  
Description  
Port  
F
Pin Name  
PF_14  
LP3 Data 6  
LP3_D7  
LP3 Data 7  
F
PF_15  
PA_00 – PA_15  
PB_00 – PB_15  
PC_00 – PC_15  
PD_00 – PD_15  
PE_00 – PE_15  
PF_00 – PF_15  
PG_00 – PG_15  
PPI0_CLK  
PORTA Position 00 through PORTA Position 15  
PORTB Position 00 through PORTB Position 15  
PORTC Position 00 through PORTC Position 15  
PORTD Position 00 through PORTD Position 15  
PORTE Position 00 through PORTE Position 15  
PORTF Position 00 through PORTF Position 15  
PORTG Position 00 through PORTG Position 15  
EPPI0 Clock  
A
B
C
D
E
PA_00 – PA_15  
PB_00 – PB_15  
PC_00 – PC_15  
PD_00 – PD_15  
PE_00 – PE_15  
PF_00 – PF_15  
PG_00 – PG_15  
PE_09  
F
G
E
PPI0_D00  
PPI0_D01  
PPI0_D02  
PPI0_D03  
PPI0_D04  
PPI0_D05  
PPI0_D06  
PPI0_D07  
PPI0_D08  
PPI0_D09  
PPI0_D10  
PPI0_D11  
PPI0_D12  
PPI0_D13  
PPI0_D14  
PPI0_D15  
PPI0_D16  
PPI0_D17  
PPI0_D18  
PPI0_D19  
PPI0_D20  
PPI0_D21  
PPI0_D22  
PPI0_D23  
PPI0_FS1  
EPPI0 Data 0  
F
PF_00  
EPPI0 Data 1  
F
PF_01  
EPPI0 Data 2  
F
PF_02  
EPPI0 Data 3  
F
PF_03  
EPPI0 Data 4  
F
PF_04  
EPPI0 Data 5  
F
PF_05  
EPPI0 Data 6  
F
PF_06  
EPPI0 Data 7  
F
PF_07  
EPPI0 Data 8  
F
PF_08  
EPPI0 Data 9  
F
PF_09  
EPPI0 Data 10  
F
PF_10  
EPPI0 Data 11  
F
PF_11  
EPPI0 Data 12  
F
PF_12  
EPPI0 Data 13  
F
PF_13  
EPPI0 Data 14  
F
PF_14  
EPPI0 Data 15  
F
PF_15  
EPPI0 Data 16  
E
PE_03  
EPPI0 Data 17  
E
PE_04  
EPPI0 Data 18  
E
PE_00  
EPPI0 Data 19  
E
PE_01  
EPPI0 Data 20  
D
D
E
PD_12  
EPPI0 Data 21  
PD_15  
EPPI0 Data 22  
PE_02  
EPPI0 Data 23  
E
PE_05  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 1 (HSYNC)  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 2 (VSYNC)  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 3 (FIELD)  
EPPI1 Clock  
E
PE_08  
PPI0_FS2  
E
PE_07  
PPI0_FS3  
E
PE_06  
PPI1_CLK  
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
PB_14  
PPI1_D00  
PPI1_D01  
PPI1_D02  
PPI1_D03  
PPI1_D04  
PPI1_D05  
PPI1_D06  
PPI1_D07  
EPPI1 Data 0  
PC_00  
EPPI1 Data 1  
PC_01  
EPPI1 Data 2  
PC_02  
EPPI1 Data 3  
PC_03  
EPPI1 Data 4  
PC_04  
EPPI1 Data 5  
PC_05  
EPPI1 Data 6  
PC_06  
EPPI1 Data 7  
PC_07  
Rev. 0  
| Page 26 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
PPI1_D08  
PPI1_D09  
PPI1_D10  
PPI1_D11  
PPI1_D12  
PPI1_D13  
PPI1_D14  
PPI1_D15  
PPI1_D16  
PPI1_D17  
PPI1_FS1  
PPI1_FS2  
PPI1_FS3  
PPI2_CLK  
PPI2_D00  
PPI2_D01  
PPI2_D02  
PPI2_D03  
PPI2_D04  
PPI2_D05  
PPI2_D06  
PPI2_D07  
PPI2_D08  
PPI2_D09  
PPI2_D10  
PPI2_D11  
PPI2_D12  
PPI2_D13  
PPI2_D14  
PPI2_D15  
PPI2_D16  
PPI2_D17  
PPI2_FS1  
PPI2_FS2  
PPI2_FS3  
PWM0_AH  
PWM0_AL  
PWM0_BH  
PWM0_BL  
PWM0_CH  
PWM0_CL  
PWM0_DH  
PWM0_DL  
PWM0_SYNC  
PWM0_TRIP0  
PWM0_TRIP1  
Description  
Port  
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
B
Pin Name  
PC_08  
PC_09  
PC_10  
PC_11  
PC_12  
PC_13  
PC_14  
PC_15  
PD_00  
PD_01  
PB_13  
PD_06  
PB_15  
PB_00  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_12  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
PB_07  
PB_08  
PB_01  
PB_02  
PB_03  
PF_01  
PF_00  
PF_03  
PF_02  
PF_05  
PF_04  
PF_07  
PF_06  
PE_08  
PE_09  
PF_11  
EPPI1 Data 8  
EPPI1 Data 9  
EPPI1 Data 10  
EPPI1 Data 11  
EPPI1 Data 12  
EPPI1 Data 13  
EPPI1 Data 14  
EPPI1 Data 15  
EPPI1 Data 16  
EPPI1 Data 17  
EPPI1 Frame Sync 1 (HSYNC)  
EPPI1 Frame Sync 2 (VSYNC)  
EPPI1 Frame Sync 3 (FIELD)  
EPPI2 Clock  
D
B
B
EPPI2 Data 0  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
EPPI2 Data 1  
EPPI2 Data 2  
EPPI2 Data 3  
EPPI2 Data 4  
EPPI2 Data 5  
EPPI2 Data 6  
EPPI2 Data 7  
EPPI2 Data 8  
EPPI2 Data 9  
EPPI2 Data 10  
EPPI2 Data 11  
EPPI2 Data 12  
EPPI2 Data 13  
EPPI2 Data 14  
EPPI2 Data 15  
EPPI2 Data 16  
EPPI2 Data 17  
B
EPPI2 Frame Sync 1 (HSYNC)  
EPPI2 Frame Sync 2 (VSYNC)  
EPPI2 Frame Sync 3 (FIELD)  
PWM0 Channel A High Side  
PWM0 Channel A Low Side  
PWM0 Channel B High Side  
PWM0 Channel B Low Side  
PWM0 Channel C High Side  
PWM0 Channel C Low Side  
PWM0 Channel D High Side  
PWM0 Channel D Low Side  
PWM0 Sync  
B
B
B
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
E
PWM0 Shutdown Input 0  
PWM0 Shutdown Input 1  
E
F
Rev. 0  
| Page 27 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
PWM1_AH  
PWM1_AL  
PWM1_BH  
PWM1_BL  
PWM1_CH  
PWM1_CL  
PWM1_DH  
PWM1_DL  
PWM1_SYNC  
PWM1_TRIP0  
PWM1_TRIP1  
RSI0_CLK  
Description  
Port  
Pin Name  
PG_03  
PG_02  
PG_00  
PE_15  
PE_13  
PE_12  
PE_11  
PE_10  
PG_05  
PG_06  
PG_08  
PG_06  
PG_05  
PG_03  
PG_02  
PG_00  
PE_15  
PE_13  
PE_12  
PE_10  
PE_11  
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_A02  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PB_02  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PB_03  
PA_12  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
PB_06  
PB_07  
PB_08  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PWM1 Channel A High Side  
PWM1 Channel A Low Side  
PWM1 Channel B High Side  
PWM1 Channel B Low Side  
PWM1 Channel C High Side  
PWM1 Channel C Low Side  
PWM1 Channel D High Side  
PWM1 Channel D Low Side  
PWM1 Sync  
G
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
G
PWM1 Shutdown Input 0  
PWM1 Shutdown Input 1  
RSI0 Clock  
G
G
G
RSI0_CMD  
RSI0_D0  
RSI0 Command  
G
RSI0 Data 0  
G
RSI0_D1  
RSI0 Data 1  
G
RSI0_D2  
RSI0 Data 2  
G
RSI0_D3  
RSI0 Data 3  
E
RSI0_D4  
RSI0 Data 4  
E
RSI0_D5  
RSI0 Data 5  
E
RSI0_D6  
RSI0 Data 6  
E
RSI0_D7  
RSI0 Data 7  
E
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_A02  
SMC0_A03  
SMC0_A04  
SMC0_A05  
SMC0_A06  
SMC0_A07  
SMC0_A08  
SMC0_A09  
SMC0_A10  
SMC0_A11  
SMC0_A12  
SMC0_A13  
SMC0_A14  
SMC0_A15  
SMC0_A16  
SMC0_A17  
SMC0_A18  
SMC0_A19  
SMC0_A20  
SMC0_A21  
SMC0_A22  
SMC0_A23  
SMC0_A24  
SMC0_A25  
SMC0 Address 1  
SMC0 Address 2  
SMC0 Address 3  
SMC0 Address 4  
SMC0 Address 5  
SMC0 Address 6  
SMC0 Address 7  
SMC0 Address 8  
SMC0 Address 9  
SMC0 Address 10  
SMC0 Address 11  
SMC0 Address 12  
SMC0 Address 13  
SMC0 Address 14  
SMC0 Address 15  
SMC0 Address 16  
SMC0 Address 17  
SMC0 Address 18  
SMC0 Address 19  
SMC0 Address 20  
SMC0 Address 21  
SMC0 Address 22  
SMC0 Address 23  
SMC0 Address 24  
SMC0 Address 25  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
Rev. 0  
| Page 28 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
SMC0_ABE0  
SMC0_ABE1  
SMC0_AMS0  
SMC0_AMS1  
SMC0_AMS2  
SMC0_AMS3  
SMC0_AOE  
SMC0_ARDY  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_BGH  
SMC0_BG  
Description  
Port  
Pin Name  
PB_04  
SMC0 Byte Enable 0  
SMC0 Byte Enable 1  
SMC0 Memory Select 0  
SMC0 Memory Select 1  
SMC0 Memory Select 2  
SMC0 Memory Select 3  
SMC0 Output Enable  
SMC0 Asynchronous Ready  
SMC0 Read Enable  
SMC0 Write Enable  
SMC0 Bus Grant Hang  
SMC0 Bus Grant  
B
B
PB_05  
Not Muxed  
SMC0_AMS0  
PB_01  
B
B
PB_04  
B
PB_05  
Not Muxed  
SMC0_AOE_NORDV  
SMC0_ARDY_NORWT  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_AWE  
PB_09  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
B
B
PB_12  
SMC0_BR  
SMC0 Bus Request  
SMC0 Data 0  
Not Muxed  
SMC0_BR  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D02  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D05  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D10  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D14  
SMC0_D15  
PB_00  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D02  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D05  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D10  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D14  
SMC0_D15  
SMC0_NORCLK  
SMC0_NORDV  
SMC0_NORWT  
SPI0_CLK  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 1  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 2  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 3  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 4  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 5  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 6  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 7  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 8  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 9  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 10  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 11  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 12  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 13  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 14  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 Data 15  
Not Muxed  
SMC0 NOR Clock  
SMC0 NOR Data Valid  
SMC0 NOR Wait  
B
Not Muxed  
SMC0_AOE_NORDV  
SMC0_ARDY_NORWT  
PD_04  
Not Muxed  
SPI0 Clock  
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
SPI0_D2  
SPI0 Data 2  
PD_00  
SPI0_D3  
SPI0 Data 3  
PD_01  
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_RDY  
SPI0 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI0 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI0 Ready  
PD_02  
PD_03  
PD_10  
SPI0_SEL1  
SPI0_SEL2  
SPI0_SEL3  
SPI0_SEL4  
SPI0_SEL5  
SPI0_SEL6  
SPI0_SEL7  
SPI0_SS  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 1  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 2  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 3  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 4  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 5  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 6  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 7  
SPI0 Slave Select Input  
PD_11  
PD_01  
PD_00  
PC_15  
D
C
PD_09  
PC_13  
C
PC_12  
D
PD_11  
Rev. 0  
| Page 29 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
SPI1_CLK  
Description  
Port  
Pin Name  
PD_05  
PE_01  
PE_00  
PD_14  
PD_13  
PE_02  
PD_12  
PD_15  
PD_10  
PD_09  
PF_08  
SPI1 Clock  
D
SPI1_D2  
SPI1 Data 2  
E
SPI1_D3  
SPI1 Data 3  
E
SPI1_MISO  
SPI1_MOSI  
SPI1_RDY  
SPI1 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI1 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI1 Ready  
D
D
E
SPI1_SEL1  
SPI1_SEL2  
SPI1_SEL3  
SPI1_SEL4  
SPI1_SEL5  
SPI1_SEL6  
SPI1_SEL7  
SPI1_SS  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 1  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 2  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 3  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 4  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 5  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 6  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 7  
SPI1 Slave Select Input  
D
D
D
D
F
F
PF_09  
C
PC_14  
PD_12  
PB_05  
PB_09  
PB_12  
PB_04  
PB_06  
PB_08  
PB_11  
PB_10  
PB_07  
PB_12  
PE_02  
PD_15  
PD_12  
PE_05  
PE_06  
PE_04  
PE_01  
PE_00  
PE_03  
PE_07  
PG_04  
PG_09  
PG_08  
PG_01  
PE_14  
PG_10  
PG_12  
PG_11  
PG_07  
PG_06  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
D
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_AD1  
SPT0_AFS  
SPT0_ATDV  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BD1  
SPT0_BFS  
SPT0_BTDV  
SPT1_ACLK  
SPT1_AD0  
SPT1_AD1  
SPT1_AFS  
SPT1_ATDV  
SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_BD0  
SPT1_BD1  
SPT1_BFS  
SPT1_BTDV  
SPT2_ACLK  
SPT2_AD0  
SPT2_AD1  
SPT2_AFS  
SPT2_ATDV  
SPT2_BCLK  
SPT2_BD0  
SPT2_BD1  
SPT2_BFS  
SPT2_BTDV  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SPORT0 Channel A Clock  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 1  
SPORT0 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel A Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT0 Channel B Clock  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT0 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel B Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT1 Channel A Clock  
SPORT1 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT1 Channel A Data 1  
SPORT1 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT1 Channel A Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT1 Channel B Clock  
SPORT1 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT1 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT1 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT1 Channel B Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT2 Channel A Clock  
SPORT2 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT2 Channel A Data 1  
SPORT2 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT2 Channel A Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT2 Channel B Clock  
SPORT2 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT2 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT2 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT2 Channel B Transmit Data Valid  
Boot Mode Control 0  
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
E
D
D
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
G
E
G
G
G
G
G
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Boot Mode Control 1  
Rev. 0  
| Page 30 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
SYS_BMODE2  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_IDLE0  
SYS_IDLE1  
SYS_NMI  
Description  
Port  
Pin Name  
SYS_BMODE2  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
PG_15  
Boot Mode Control 2  
Clock/Crystal Input  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Processor Clock Output  
External Wake Control  
Fault Output  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Complementary Fault Output  
Processor Hardware Reset Control  
Core 0 Idle Indicator  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
G
Core 1 Idle Indicator  
G
PG_14  
Non-maskable Interrupt  
Power Good Indicator  
Reset Output  
Not Muxed  
SYS_NMI_RESOUT  
SYS_PWRGD  
SYS_NMI_RESOUT  
PG_15  
SYS_PWRGD  
SYS_RESOUT  
SYS_SLEEP  
SYS_TDA  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Processor Sleep Indicator  
Thermal Diode Anode  
Thermal Diode Cathode  
Crystal Output  
G
Not Muxed  
SYS_TDA  
SYS_TDK  
SYS_XTAL  
PD_08  
SYS_TDK  
Not Muxed  
SYS_XTAL  
Not Muxed  
TM0_ACI0  
TM0_ACI1  
TM0_ACI2  
TM0_ACI3  
TM0_ACI4  
TM0_ACI5  
TM0_ACI6  
TM0_ACLK0  
TM0_ACLK1  
TM0_ACLK2  
TM0_ACLK3  
TM0_ACLK4  
TM0_ACLK5  
TM0_ACLK6  
TM0_ACLK7  
TM0_CLK  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 0  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 1  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 2  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 3  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 4  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 5  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 6  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 0  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 1  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 2  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 3  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 4  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 5  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 6  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 7  
TIMER0 Clock  
D
G
PG_14  
G
PG_04  
D
PD_07  
G
PG_15  
D
PD_06  
B
PB_13  
B
PB_10  
B
PB_12  
B
PB_09  
B
PB_11  
B
PB_06  
D
PD_13  
D
PD_14  
D
PD_05  
G
PG_13  
TM0_TMR0  
TM0_TMR1  
TM0_TMR2  
TM0_TMR3  
TM0_TMR4  
TM0_TMR5  
TM0_TMR6  
TM0_TMR7  
TWI0_SCL  
TIMER0 Timer 0  
E
PE_14  
TIMER0 Timer 1  
G
PG_04  
TIMER0 Timer 2  
G
PG_01  
TIMER0 Timer 3  
G
PG_08  
TIMER0 Timer 4  
G
PG_09  
TIMER0 Timer 5  
G
PG_07  
TIMER0 Timer 6  
G
PG_11  
TIMER0 Timer 7  
G
PG_12  
TWI0 Serial Clock  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
D
TWI0_SCL  
TWI0_SDA  
TWI1_SCL  
TWI1_SDA  
PD_10  
TWI0_SDA  
TWI1_SCL  
TWI0 Serial Data  
TWI1 Serial Clock  
TWI1_SDA  
UART0_CTS  
UART0_RTS  
TWI1 Serial Data  
UART0 Clear to Send  
UART0 Request to Send  
D
PD_09  
Rev. 0  
| Page 31 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 7. ADSP-BF60x 349-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
UART0_RX  
UART0_TX  
UART1_CTS  
UART1_RTS  
UART1_RX  
UART1_TX  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
Description  
Port  
Pin Name  
PD_08  
UART0 Receive  
UART0 Transmit  
UART1 Clear to Send  
UART1 Request to Send  
UART1 Receive  
UART1 Transmit  
USB0 Clock/Crystal Input  
USB0 Data –  
D
D
PD_07  
G
PG_13  
G
PG_10  
G
PG_14  
G
PG_15  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
USB0_ID  
USB0_VBC  
USB0_VBUS  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_TD  
VDD_USB  
VREF_DMC  
USB0 Data +  
USB0_ID  
USB0 OTG ID  
USB0_VBC  
USB0_VBUS  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_EXT  
USB0 VBUS Control  
USB0 Bus Voltage  
VDD for DMC  
External VDD  
VDD_INT  
Internal VDD  
VDD_TD  
VDD for Thermal Diode  
VDD for USB  
VDD_USB  
VREF_DMC  
VREF for DMC  
Rev. 0  
| Page 32 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
GP I/O MULTIPLEXING FOR 349-BALL CSP_BGA  
Table 8 through Table 14 identifies the pin functions that are  
multiplexed on the general-purpose I/O pins of the 349-ball  
CSP_BGA package.  
Table 8. Signal Multiplexing for Port A  
Multiplexed Function  
Multiplexed Function 0 Multiplexed Function 1 Multiplexed Function 2 Input Tap  
Signal Name  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_12  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
SMC0_A03  
SMC0_A04  
SMC0_A05  
SMC0_A06  
SMC0_A07  
SMC0_A08  
SMC0_A09  
SMC0_A10  
SMC0_A11  
SMC0_A12  
SMC0_A14  
SMC0_A15  
SMC0_A17  
SMC0_A18  
SMC0_A19  
SMC0_A20  
PPI2_D00  
PPI2_D01  
PPI2_D02  
PPI2_D03  
PPI2_D04  
PPI2_D05  
PPI2_D06  
PPI2_D07  
PPI2_D08  
PPI2_D09  
PPI2_D10  
PPI2_D11  
PPI2_D12  
PPI2_D13  
PPI2_D14  
PPI2_D15  
LP0_D0  
LP0_D1  
LP0_D2  
LP0_D3  
LP0_D4  
LP0_D5  
LP0_D6  
LP0_D7  
LP1_D0  
LP1_D1  
LP1_D2  
LP1_D3  
LP1_D4  
LP1_D5  
LP1_D6  
LP1_D7  
Table 9. Signal Multiplexing for Port B  
Multiplexed Function  
Multiplexed Function 0 Multiplexed Function 1 Multiplexed Function 2 Input Tap  
Signal Name  
PB_00  
PB_01  
PB_02  
PB_03  
PB_04  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PB_07  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_15  
SMC0_NORCLK  
SMC0_AMS1  
SMC0_A13  
SMC0_A16  
SMC0_AMS2  
SMC0_AMS3  
SMC0_A21  
SMC0_A22  
SMC0_A23  
SMC0_BGH  
SMC0_A24  
SMC0_A25  
SMC0_BG  
PPI2_CLK  
PPI2_FS1  
LP0_CLK  
LP0_ACK  
LP1_ACK  
LP1_CLK  
SPT0_AFS  
SPT0_ACLK  
PPI2_FS2  
PPI2_FS3  
SMC0_ABE0  
SMC0_ABE1  
SPT0_ATDV  
PPI2_D16  
PPI2_D17  
TM0_ACLK4  
SPT0_BFS  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_BD1  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_AD1  
TM0_ACLK2  
TM0_ACLK0  
TM0_ACLK3  
TM0_ACLK1  
TM0_ACI6  
SPT0_BTDV  
PPI1_FS1  
PPI1_CLK  
PPI1_FS3  
ETH0_TXEN  
ETH0_REFCLK  
ETH0_PTPPPS  
Rev. 0  
| Page 33 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 10. Signal Multiplexing for Port C  
Multiplexed Function  
Multiplexed Function 0 Multiplexed Function 1 Multiplexed Function 2 Input Tap  
Signal Name  
PC_00  
PC_01  
PC_02  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PC_05  
PC_06  
PC_07  
PC_08  
PC_09  
PC_10  
PC_11  
PC_12  
PC_13  
PC_14  
PC_15  
ETH0_RXD0  
ETH0_RXD1  
ETH0_TXD0  
ETH0_TXD1  
PPI1_D00  
PPI1_D01  
PPI1_D02  
PPI1_D03  
PPI1_D04  
PPI1_D05  
PPI1_D06  
PPI1_D07  
PPI1_D08  
PPI1_D09  
PPI1_D10  
PPI1_D11  
PPI1_D12  
PPI1_D13  
PPI1_D14  
PPI1_D15  
ETH0_CRS  
ETH0_MDC  
ETH0_MDIO  
ETH1_PTPPPS  
ETH_PTPAUXIN  
ETH_PTPCLKIN  
SPI0_SEL7  
SPI0_SEL6  
SPI1_SEL7  
SPI0_SEL4  
Table 11. Signal Multiplexing for Port D  
Multiplexed Function  
Multiplexed Function 0 Multiplexed Function 1 Multiplexed Function 2 Input Tap  
Signal Name  
PD_00  
PD_01  
PD_02  
PD_03  
PD_04  
PD_05  
PD_06  
PD_07  
PD_08  
PD_09  
PD_10  
PD_11  
PD_12  
PD_13  
PD_14  
PD_15  
SPI0_D2  
PPI1_D16  
PPI1_D17  
SPI0_SEL3  
SPI0_SEL2  
SPI0_D3  
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_CLK  
SPI1_CLK  
TM0_ACLK7  
TM0_ACI5  
TM0_ACI3  
TM0_ACI0  
PPI1_FS2  
UART0_TX  
UART0_RX  
UART0_RTS  
UART0_CTS  
SPI0_SEL5  
SPI0_RDY  
SPI0_SEL1  
SPI1_SEL1  
SPI1_MOSI  
SPI1_MISO  
SPI1_SEL2  
SPI1_SEL4  
SPI1_SEL3  
SPI0_SS  
PPI0_D20  
PPI0_D21  
SPT1_AD1  
SPT1_AD0  
SPI1_SS  
TM0_ACLK5  
TM0_ACLK6  
Rev. 0  
| Page 34 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 12. Signal Multiplexing for Port E  
Multiplexed Function  
Signal Name  
Multiplexed Function 0 Multiplexed Function 1 Multiplexed Function 2  
Input Tap  
PE_00  
PE_01  
PE_02  
PE_03  
PE_04  
PE_05  
PE_06  
PE_07  
PE_08  
PE_09  
PE_10  
PE_11  
PE_12  
PE_13  
PE_14  
PE_15  
SPI1_D3  
SPI1_D2  
SPI1_RDY  
PPI0_D18  
PPI0_D19  
PPI0_D22  
PPI0_D16  
PPI0_D17  
PPI0_D23  
PPI0_FS3  
PPI0_FS2  
PPI0_FS1  
PPI0_CLK  
PWM1_DL  
PWM1_DH  
PWM1_CL  
PWM1_CH  
SPT2_ATDV  
PWM1_BL  
SPT1_BD1  
SPT1_BD0  
SPT1_ACLK  
ACM0_FS/SPT1_BFS  
ACM0_CLK/SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_AFS  
LP3_CLK  
SPT1_ATDV  
SPT1_BTDV  
PWM0_SYNC  
LP3_ACK  
LP2_ACK  
ACM0_T0  
LP2_CLK  
PWM0_TRIP0  
ETH1_MDC  
ETH1_MDIO  
RSI0_D6  
RSI0_D7  
RSI0_D5  
ETH1_CRS  
RSI0_D4  
TM0_TMR0  
RSI0_D3  
ETH1_RXD1  
Table 13. Signal Multiplexing for Port F  
Multiplexed Function  
Signal Name  
PF_00  
PF_01  
PF_02  
PF_03  
PF_04  
PF_05  
PF_06  
PF_07  
PF_08  
PF_09  
PF_10  
PF_11  
PF_12  
PF_13  
PF_14  
PF_15  
Multiplexed Function 0 Multiplexed Function 1 Multiplexed Function 2 Input Tap  
PWM0_AL  
PWM0_AH  
PWM0_BL  
PWM0_BH  
PWM0_CL  
PWM0_CH  
PWM0_DL  
PWM0_DH  
SPI1_SEL5  
SPI1_SEL6  
ACM0_A4  
PPI0_D00  
PPI0_D01  
PPI0_D02  
PPI0_D03  
PPI0_D04  
PPI0_D05  
PPI0_D06  
PPI0_D07  
PPI0_D08  
PPI0_D09  
PPI0_D10  
PPI0_D11  
PPI0_D12  
PPI0_D13  
PPI0_D14  
PPI0_D15  
LP2_D0  
LP2_D1  
LP2_D2  
LP2_D3  
LP2_D4  
LP2_D5  
LP2_D6  
LP2_D7  
LP3_D0  
LP3_D1  
LP3_D2  
LP3_D3  
LP3_D4  
LP3_D5  
LP3_D6  
LP3_D7  
PWM0_TRIP1  
ACM0_A2  
ACM0_A3  
ACM0_A0  
ACM0_A1  
Rev. 0  
| Page 35 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 14. Signal Multiplexing for Port G  
Multiplexed Function  
Signal Name  
PG_00  
PG_01  
PG_02  
PG_03  
PG_04  
PG_05  
PG_06  
PG_07  
PG_08  
PG_09  
PG_10  
PG_11  
PG_12  
PG_13  
PG_14  
PG_15  
Multiplexed Function 0 Multiplexed Function 1 Multiplexed Function 2 Input Tap  
ETH1_RXD0  
SPT2_AFS  
PWM1_BH  
TM0_TMR2  
PWM1_AL  
PWM1_AH  
TM0_TMR1  
RSI0_CMD  
RSI0_CLK  
RSI0_D2  
CAN0_TX  
RSI0_D1  
ETH1_TXD1  
ETH1_TXD0  
SPT2_ACLK  
ETH1_TXEN  
ETH1_REFCLK  
SPT2_BFS  
RSI0_D0  
CAN0_RX  
PWM1_SYNC  
SPT2_BTDV  
TM0_ACI2  
ACM0_T1  
PWM1_TRIP0  
CNT0_ZM  
TM0_TMR5  
TM0_TMR3  
TM0_TMR4  
SPT2_BCLK  
TM0_TMR6  
TM0_TMR7  
SPT2_AD1  
SPT2_AD0  
UART1_RTS  
SPT2_BD1  
SPT2_BD0  
UART1_CTS  
UART1_RX  
UART1_TX  
PWM1_TRIP1  
CNT0_UD  
CNT0_DG  
TM0_CLK  
TM0_ACI1  
TM0_ACI4  
SYS_IDLE1  
SYS_IDLE0  
SYS_SLEEP  
Rev. 0  
| Page 36 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
ADSP-BF60x DESIGNER QUICK REFERENCE  
The table provides a quick reference summary of pin related  
information for circuit board design. The columns in this table  
provide the following information:  
• Reset Drive: The Reset Drive column in the table specifies  
the active drive on the signal when the processor is in the  
reset state.  
• Signal Name: The Signal Name column in the table  
includes the Signal Name for every pin.  
• Hiber Term: The Hibernate Termination column in the  
table specifies the termination present when the processor  
is in the hibernate state. The abbreviations used in this col-  
umn are wk (Weak Keeper, weakly retains previous value  
driven on the pin), pu (Pull-up resistor), or pd (Pull-down  
resistor).  
• Type: The Pin Type column in the table identifies the I/O  
type or supply type of the pin. The abbreviations used in  
this column are na (None), I/O (Digital input and/or out-  
put), a (Analog), s (Supply), and g (Ground).  
• Hiber Drive: The Hibernate Drive column in the table  
specifies the active drive on the signal when the processor is  
in the hibernate state.  
• Driver Type: The Driver Type column in the table identi-  
fies the driver type used by the pin. The driver types are  
defined in Output Drive Currents on Page 99.  
• Power Domain: The Power Domain column in the table  
specifies the power supply domain in which the signal  
resides.  
• Int Term: The Internal Termination column in the table  
specifies the termination present when the processor is not  
in the reset or hibernate state. The abbreviations used in  
this column are wk (Weak Keeper, weakly retains previous  
value driven on the pin), pu (Pull-up resistor), or pd (Pull-  
down resistor).  
• Description and Notes: The Description and Notes column  
in the table identifies any special requirements or charac-  
teristics for the signal. If no special requirements are listed  
the signal may be left unconnected if it is not used. Also, for  
multiplexed general-purpose I/O pins, this column identi-  
fies the functions available on the pin.  
• Reset Term: The Reset Termination column in the table  
specifies the termination present when the processor is in  
the reset state. The abbreviations used in this column are  
wk (Weak Keeper, weakly retains previous value driven on  
the pin), pu (Pull-up resistor), or pd (Pull-down resistor).  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A05  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A10  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
B
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Address 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: DMC0 Address 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 3.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 5.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 7.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 8.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 9.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 10.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 37 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_CK  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
B
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Address 11.  
Notes: No notes.  
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: DMC0 Address 12.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 13.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Bank Address Input 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Bank Address Input 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Bank Address Input 2.  
Notes: For LPDDR, leave unconnected.  
Desc: DMC0 Column Address Strobe.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_CK  
L
L
Desc: DMC0 Clock (complement).  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_CS0  
L
L
Desc: DMC0 Clock enable.  
Notes: No notes.  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: DMC0 Chip Select 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_DQ00 I/O  
DMC0_DQ01 I/O  
DMC0_DQ02 I/O  
DMC0_DQ03 I/O  
DMC0_DQ04 I/O  
DMC0_DQ05 I/O  
DMC0_DQ06 I/O  
DMC0_DQ07 I/O  
DMC0_DQ08 I/O  
DMC0_DQ09 I/O  
DMC0_DQ10 I/O  
DMC0_DQ11 I/O  
DMC0_DQ12 I/O  
Desc: DMC0 Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 3.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 5.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 7.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 8.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 9.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 10.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 11.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 12.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 38 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
DMC0_DQ13 I/O  
B
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Data 13.  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_DQ14 I/O  
DMC0_DQ15 I/O  
B
B
B
C
none  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: DMC0 Data 14.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 15.  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_LDM  
I/O  
Desc: DMC0 Data Mask for Lower Byte.  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_LDQS I/O  
DMC0_LDQS I/O  
Desc: DMC0 Data Strobe for Lower Byte.  
Notes: For LPDDR, a 100k ohm pull-down  
resistor is required.  
C
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Data Strobe for Lower Byte  
(complement).  
Notes:ForsingleendedDDR2, connect to  
VREF_DMC. For LPDDR, leave  
unconnected.  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_UDM  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
B
B
B
C
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 On-die termination.  
Notes: For LPDDR, leave unconnected.  
Desc: DMC0 Row Address Strobe.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data Mask for Upper Byte.  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_UDQS I/O  
DMC0_UDQS I/O  
Desc: DMC0 Data Strobe for Upper Byte.  
Notes: For LPDDR, a 100k ohm pull-down  
resistor is required.  
C
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Data Strobe for Upper Byte  
(complement).  
Notes:ForsingleendedDDR2, connect to  
VREF_DMC. For LPDDR, leave  
unconnected.  
DMC0_WE  
GND  
I/O  
g
B
none  
none  
none  
pd  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
na  
Desc: DMC0 Write Enable.  
Notes: No notes.  
na  
A
Desc: Ground.  
Notes: No notes.  
JTG_EMU  
JTG_TCK  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: Emulation Output.  
Notes: No notes.  
na  
na  
A
Desc: JTG Clock.  
Notes: Functional during reset.  
Desc: JTG Serial Data Input.  
Notes: Functional during reset.  
pu  
none  
Desc: JTG Serial Data Output.  
Notes: Functional during reset, three-  
state when JTG_TRST is asserted.  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TRST  
I/O  
I/O  
na  
na  
pu  
pd  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: JTG Mode Select.  
Notes: Functional during reset.  
Desc: JTG Reset.  
Notes: Functional during reset.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 39 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_12  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PA Position 0 | SMC0 Address 3 |  
EPPI2 Data 0 | LP0 Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: PA Position 1 | SMC0 Address 4 |  
EPPI2 Data 1 | LP0 Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 2 | SMC0 Address 5 |  
EPPI2 Data 2 | LP0 Data 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 3 | SMC0 Address 6 |  
EPPI2 Data 3 | LP0 Data 3.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 4 | SMC0 Address 7 |  
EPPI2 Data 4 | LP0 Data 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 5 | SMC0 Address 8 |  
EPPI2 Data 5 | LP0 Data 5.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 6 | SMC0 Address 9 |  
EPPI2 Data 6 | LP0 Data 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 7 | SMC0 Address 10 |  
EPPI2 Data 7 | LP0 Data 7.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 8 | SMC0 Address 11 |  
EPPI2 Data 8 | LP1 Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 9 | SMC0 Address 12 |  
EPPI2 Data 9 | LP1 Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 10 | SMC0 Address 14 |  
EPPI2 Data 10 | LP1 Data 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 11 | SMC0 Address 15 |  
EPPI2 Data 11 | LP1 Data 3.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 12 | SMC0 Address 17 |  
EPPI2 Data 12 | LP1 Data 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 13 | SMC0 Address 18 |  
EPPI2 Data 13 | LP1 Data 5.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 14 | SMC0 Address 19 |  
EPPI2 Data 14 | LP1 Data 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PA Position 15 | SMC0 Address 20 |  
EPPI2 Data 15 | LP1 Data 7.  
Notes:Maybeusedtowaketheprocessor  
from hibernate or deep sleep mode.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 40 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PB_00  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 0 | SMC0 NOR Clock |  
EPPI2 Clock | LP0 Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
PB_01  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 1| SMC0Memory Select  
1 | EPPI2 Frame Sync 1 (HSYNC) | LP0  
Acknowledge.  
Notes: No notes.  
PB_02  
I/O  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 2 | SMC0 Address 13 |  
EPPI2 Frame Sync 2 (VSYNC) | LP1  
Acknowledge.  
Notes: No notes.  
PB_03  
PB_04  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 3 | SMC0 Address 16 |  
EPPI2 Frame Sync 3 (FIELD) | LP1 Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PB Position 4| SMC0Memory Select  
2 | SMC0 Byte Enable 0 | SPORT0 Channel  
A Frame Sync.  
Notes: No notes.  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PB_07  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 5| SMC0Memory Select  
3 | SMC0 Byte Enable 1 | SPORT0 Channel  
A Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PB Position 6 | SMC0 Address 21 |  
SPORT0 Channel A Transmit Data Valid |  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PB Position 7 | SMC0 Address 22 |  
EPPI2 Data 16 | SPORT0 Channel B Frame  
Sync.  
Notes: No notes.  
PB_08  
PB_09  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 8 | SMC0 Address 23 |  
EPPI2 Data 17 | SPORT0 Channel B Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc:PBPosition9|SMC0BusGrantHang  
| SPORT0 Channel A Data 0 | TIMER0  
Alternate Clock 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PB_12  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 10 | SMC0 Address 24 |  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 1 | TIMER0  
Alternate Clock 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PB Position 11 | SMC0 Address 25 |  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 0 | TIMER0  
Alternate Clock 3.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PB Position 12 | SMC0 Bus Grant |  
SPORT0 Channel B Transmit Data Valid |  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 1 | TIMER0  
Alternate Clock 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 41 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PB_13  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 13 | EPPI1 Frame Sync 1  
(HSYNC) | ETH0 Transmit Enable | TIMER0  
Alternate Capture Input 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
PB_14  
PB_15  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PB Position 14 | EPPI1 Clock | ETH0  
Reference Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PB Position 15 | EPPI1 Frame Sync 3  
(FIELD) | ETH0 PTP Pulse-Per-Second  
Output.  
Notes:Maybeusedtowaketheprocessor  
from hibernate or deep sleep mode.  
PC_00  
PC_01  
PC_02  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PC_05  
PC_06  
PC_07  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PC Position 0 | EPPI1 Data 0 | ETH0  
Receive Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 1 | EPPI1 Data 1 | ETH0  
Receive Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 2 | EPPI1 Data 2 | ETH0  
Transmit Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 3 | EPPI1 Data 3 | ETH0  
Transmit Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 4 | EPPI1 Data 4 | ETH0  
Receive Error.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 5 | EPPI1 Data 5 | ETH0  
Carrier Sense/RMII Receive Data Valid.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 6 | EPPI1 Data 6 | ETH0  
Management Channel Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 7 | EPPI1 Data 7 | ETH0  
Management Channel Serial Data.  
Notes: No notes.  
PC_08  
PC_09  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PC Position 8 | EPPI1 Data 8.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 9 | EPPI1 Data 9 | ETH1  
PTP Pulse-Per-Second Output.  
Notes: No notes.  
PC_10  
PC_11  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PC Position 10 | EPPI1 Data 10.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 11 | EPPI1 Data 11 | ETH  
PTP Auxiliary Trigger Input.  
Notes: No notes.  
PC_12  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PC Position 12 | SPI0 Slave Select  
Output b | EPPI1 Data 12.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 42 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PC_13  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PC Position 13 | SPI0 Slave Select  
Output b | EPPI1 Data 13 | ETH PTP Clock  
Input.  
Notes: No notes.  
PC_14  
PC_15  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PC Position 14 | SPI1 Slave Select  
Output b | EPPI1 Data 14.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PC Position 15 | SPI0 Slave Select  
Output b | EPPI1 Data 15.  
Notes:Maybeusedtowaketheprocessor  
from hibernate or deep sleep mode.  
PD_00  
PD_01  
PD_02  
PD_03  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PD Position 0 | SPI0 Data 2 | EPPI1  
Data 16 | SPI0 Slave Select Output b.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PD Position 1 | SPI0 Data 3 | EPPI1  
Data 17 | SPI0 Slave Select Output b.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PD Position 2 | SPI0 Master In, Slave  
Out.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PD Position 3 | SPI0 Master Out,  
Slave In.  
Notes: No notes.  
PD_04  
PD_05  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PD Position 4 | SPI0 Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PD Position 5 | SPI1 Clock | TIMER0  
Alternate Clock 7.  
Notes: No notes.  
PD_06  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PD Position 6 | EPPI1 Frame Sync 2  
(VSYNC) | ETH0 RMII Management Data  
Interrupt | TIMER0 Alternate Capture  
Input 5.  
Notes:Maybeusedtowaketheprocessor  
from hibernate or deep sleep mode.  
PD_07  
PD_08  
PD_09  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PD Position 7 | UART0 Transmit |  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 3.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PD Position 8 | UART0 Receive |  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PD Position 9 | SPI1 Slave Select  
Output b | UART0 Request to Send | SPI0  
Slave Select Output b.  
Notes: No notes.  
PD_10  
PD_11  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PD Position 10 | SPI0 Ready | UART0  
Clear to Send | SPI1 Slave Select Output b.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PD Position 11 | SPI0 Slave Select  
Output b | SPI0 Slave Select Input.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 43 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PD_12  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PD Position 12 | SPI1 Slave Select  
Output b | EPPI0 Data 20 | SPORT1  
Channel A Data 1 | SPI1 Slave Select Input.  
Notes: No notes.  
PD_13  
PD_14  
PD_15  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PD Position 13 | SPI1 Master Out,  
Slave In | TIMER0 Alternate Clock 5.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc:PDPosition14|SPI1MasterIn,Slave  
Out | TIMER0 Alternate Clock 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PD Position 15 | SPI1 Slave Select  
Output b | EPPI0 Data 21 | SPORT1  
Channel A Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
PE_00  
PE_01  
PE_02  
PE_03  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PE Position 0 | SPI1 Data 3 | EPPI0  
Data 18 | SPORT1 Channel B Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PE Position 1 | SPI1 Data 2 | EPPI0  
Data 19 | SPORT1 Channel B Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PE Position 2 | SPI1 Ready | EPPI0  
Data 22 | SPORT1 Channel A Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PE Position 3 | EPPI0 Data 16 |  
SPORT1 Channel B Frame Sync | ACM0  
Frame Sync.  
Notes: No notes.  
PE_04  
PE_05  
PE_06  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PE Position 4 | EPPI0 Data 17 |  
SPORT1 Channel B Clock | ACM0 Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PE Position 5 | EPPI0 Data 23 |  
SPORT1 Channel A Frame Sync.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PE Position 6 | SPORT1 Channel A  
Transmit Data Valid | EPPI0 Frame Sync 3  
(FIELD) | LP3 Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
PE_07  
PE_08  
PE_09  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PE Position 7 | SPORT1 Channel B  
Transmit Data Valid | EPPI0 Frame Sync 2  
(VSYNC) | LP3 Acknowledge.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PE Position 8 | PWM0 Sync | EPPI0  
FrameSync1(HSYNC)|LP2Acknowledge  
| ACM0 External Trigger 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PE Position 9 | EPPI0 Clock | LP2  
Clock | PWM0 Shutdown Input.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 44 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PE_10  
PE_11  
PE_12  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PE Position 10 | PWM1 Channel D  
Low Side | RSI0 Data 6 | ETH1  
Management Channel Clock.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
A
A
wk  
wk  
Desc: PE Position 11 | PWM1 Channel D  
High Side | ETH1 Management Channel  
Serial Data | RSI0 Data 7.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
Desc: PE Position 12 | PWM1 Channel C  
Low Side | RSI0 Data 5 | ETH1 RMII  
Management Data Interrupt.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
referenceformoredetails. Maybeusedto  
wake the processor from hibernate or  
deep sleep mode.  
PE_13  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PE Position 13 | PWM1 Channel C  
High Side | RSI0 Data 4 | ETH1 Carrier  
Sense/RMII Receive Data Valid.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
PE_14  
PE_15  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PE Position 14 | SPORT2 Channel A  
Transmit Data Valid | TIMER0 Timer 0 |  
ETH1 Receive Error.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PE Position 15 | PWM1 Channel B  
Low Side | RSI0 Data 3 | ETH1 Receive  
Data 1.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
PF_00  
PF_01  
PF_02  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc:PFPosition0|PWM0ChannelALow  
Side | EPPI0 Data 0 | LP2 Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 1 | PWM0 Channel A  
High Side | EPPI0 Data 1 | LP2 Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc:PFPosition2|PWM0ChannelBLow  
Side | EPPI0 Data 2 | LP2 Data 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 45 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PF_03  
PF_04  
PF_05  
PF_06  
PF_07  
PF_08  
PF_09  
PF_10  
PF_11  
PF_12  
PF_13  
PF_14  
PF_15  
PG_00  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PF Position 3 | PWM0 Channel B  
High Side | EPPI0 Data 3 | LP2 Data 3.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc:PFPosition4|PWM0ChannelCLow  
Side | EPPI0 Data 4 | LP2 Data 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 5 | PWM0 Channel C  
High Side | EPPI0 Data 5 | LP2 Data 5.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 6 | PWM0 Channel D  
Low Side | EPPI0 Data 6 | LP2 Data 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 7 | PWM0 Channel D  
High Side | EPPI0 Data 7 | LP2 Data 7.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 8 | SPI1 Slave Select  
Output b | EPPI0 Data 8 | LP3 Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 9 | SPI1 Slave Select  
Output b | EPPI0 Data 9 | LP3 Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 10 | ACM0 Address 4 |  
EPPI0 Data 10 | LP3 Data 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 11 | EPPI0 Data 11 | LP3  
Data 3 | PWM0 Shutdown Input.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 12 | ACM0 Address 2 |  
EPPI0 Data 12 | LP3 Data 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 13 | ACM0 Address 3 |  
EPPI0 Data 13 | LP3 Data 5.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 14 | EPPI0 Data 14 |  
ACM0 Address 0 | LP3 Data 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PF Position 15 | ACM0 Address 1 |  
EPPI0 Data 15 | LP3 Data 7.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PG Position 0 | PWM1 Channel B  
High Side | RSI0 Data 2 | ETH1 Receive  
Data 0.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
PG_01  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 1 | SPORT2 Channel A  
Frame Sync | TIMER0 Timer 2 | CAN0  
Transmit.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 46 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PG_02  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 2 | PWM1 Channel A  
Low Side | RSI0 Data 1 | ETH1 Transmit  
Data 1.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
PG_03  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 3 | PWM1 Channel A  
High Side | RSI0 Data 0 | ETH1 Transmit  
Data 0.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
PG_04  
PG_05  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 4 | SPORT2 Channel A  
Clock | TIMER0 Timer 1 | CAN0 Receive |  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 2.  
Notes:Maybeusedtowaketheprocessor  
from hibernate or deep sleep mode.  
Desc: PG Position 5 | RSI0 Command |  
ETH1 Transmit Enable | PWM1 Sync |  
ACM0 External Trigger 1.  
Notes: Has an optional internal pull-up  
resistor for use with RSI. See the RSI  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference for more details.  
PG_06  
PG_07  
PG_08  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 6 | RSI0 Clock | SPORT2  
Channel B Transmit Data Valid | ETH1  
Reference Clock | PWM1 Shutdown Input.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PG Position 7 | SPORT2 Channel B  
FrameSync|TIMER0Timer5|CNT0Count  
Zero Marker.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PG Position 8 | SPORT2 Channel A  
Data 1 | TIMER0 Timer 3 | PWM1  
Shutdown Input.  
Notes: No notes.  
PG_09  
PG_10  
PG_11  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 9 | SPORT2 Channel A  
Data 0 | TIMER0 Timer 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PG Position 10 | UART1 Request to  
Send | SPORT2 Channel B Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PG Position 11 | SPORT2 Channel B  
Data 1 | TIMER0 Timer 6 | CNT0 Count Up  
and Direction.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 47 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
PG_12  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 12 | SPORT2 Channel B  
Data 0 | TIMER0 Timer 7 | CNT0 Count  
Down and Gate.  
Notes: No notes.  
PG_13  
PG_14  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 13 | UART1 Clear to  
Send | TIMER0 Clock.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc:PGPosition14|UART1Receive| SYS  
Core 1 Idle Indicator | TIMER0 Alternate  
Capture Input 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
PG_15  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
wk  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PG Position 15 | UART1 Transmit |  
SYS Core 0 Idle Indicator | SYS Processor  
Sleep Indicator | TIMER0 Alternate  
Capture Input 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_A02  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
pu  
wk  
wk  
wk  
pu  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
pu  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SMC0 Address 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SMC0 Address 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
SMC0_AMS0 I/O  
Desc: SMC0 Memory Select 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
SMC0_AOE_I/O  
NORDV  
Desc: SMC0 NOR Data Valid | SMC0  
Output Enable.  
Notes: No notes.  
SMC0_ARDY_I/O  
NORWT  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SMC0 NOR Wait | SMC0  
Asynchronous Ready.  
Notes: Requires an external pull-up  
resistor.  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_BR  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
pu  
pu  
none  
none  
none  
pu  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SMC0 Read Enable.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
pu  
pu  
pu  
Desc: SMC0 Write Enable.  
Notes: No notes.  
na  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: SMC0 Bus Request.  
Notes: Requires an external pull-up  
resistor.  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D02  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D05  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
A
A
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SMC0 Data 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SMC0 Data 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SMC0 Data 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SMC0 Data 3.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SMC0 Data 4.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SMC0 Data 5.  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 48 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D10  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D14  
SMC0_D15  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
wk  
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
wk  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SMC0 Data 6.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 7.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 8.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 9.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 10.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 11.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 12.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 13.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 14.  
Notes: No notes.  
A
wk  
wk  
wk  
Desc: SMC0 Data 15.  
Notes: No notes.  
SYS_BMODE0 I/O  
SYS_BMODE1 I/O  
SYS_BMODE2 I/O  
na  
na  
na  
na  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: SYS Boot Mode Control 0.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SYS Boot Mode Control 1.  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SYS Boot Mode Control 2.  
Notes: No notes.  
SYS_CLKIN  
a
Desc: SYS Clock Input/Crystal Input.  
Notes: Active during reset.  
Desc: SYS Processor Clock Output.  
Notes: No notes.  
SYS_CLKOUT I/O  
SYS_EXTWAKE I/O  
A
H
Desc: SYS External Wake Control.  
Notes: Drives low during hibernate and  
high all other times.  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SYS Fault.  
Notes: Open source, requires an external  
pull-down resistor.  
A
Desc: SYS Complementary Fault.  
Notes: Open drain, requires an external  
pull-up resistor.  
na  
A
Desc: SYS Processor Hardware Reset  
Control.  
Notes: Active during reset.  
SYS_NMI_  
RESOUT  
Desc: SYS Reset Output | SYS Non-  
maskable Interrupt.  
Notes: Requires an external pull-up  
resistor.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 49 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
SYS_PWRGD  
SYS_TDA  
I/O  
a
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_TD  
VDD_TD  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SYS Power Good Indicator.  
Notes: If hibernate is not used or the  
internal Power Good Counter is used,  
connect to VDD_EXT.  
na  
na  
na  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: SYS Thermal Diode Anode.  
Notes: Active during reset and hibernate.  
If the thermal diode is not used, connect  
to ground.  
SYS_TDK  
a
Desc: SYS Thermal Diode Cathode.  
Notes: Active during reset and hibernate.  
If the thermal diode is not used, connect  
to ground.  
SYS_XTAL  
a
Desc: SYS Crystal Output.  
Notes: Leave unconnected if an oscillator  
is used to provide SYS_CLKIN. Active  
during reset. State during hibernate is  
controlled by DPM_HIB_DIS.  
TWI0_SCL  
TWI0_SDA  
TWI1_SCL  
TWI1_SDA  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
D
D
D
D
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: TWI0 Serial Clock.  
Notes: Open drain, requires external pull-  
up resistor. Consult Version 2.1 of the I2C  
specificationfortheproperresistorvalue.  
If TWI is not used, connect to ground.  
Desc: TWI0 Serial Data.  
Notes: Open drain, requires external pull-  
up resistor. Consult Version 2.1 of the I2C  
specificationfortheproperresistorvalue.  
If TWI is not used, connect to ground.  
Desc: TWI1 Serial Clock.  
Notes: Open drain, requires external pull-  
up resistor. Consult Version 2.1 of the I2C  
specificationfortheproperresistorvalue.  
If TWI is not used, connect to ground.  
Desc: TWI1 Serial Data.  
Notes: Open drain, requires external pull-  
up resistor. See the I2C-Bus Specification,  
Version 2.1, January 2000 for the proper  
resistor value. If TWI is not used, connect  
to ground.  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
a
na  
F
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_USB  
VDD_USB  
Desc: USB0 Clock/Crystal Input.  
Notes: If USB is not used, connect to  
ground. Active during reset.  
I/O  
Desc: USB0 Data –.  
Notes: Pull low if not using USB. For  
complete documentation of hibernate  
behavior when USB is used, see the USB  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 50 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 15. ADSP-BF60x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver Int  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Type  
Signal Name Type  
Term  
USB0_DP  
I/O  
F
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_USB  
Desc: USB0 Data +.  
Notes: Pull low if not using USB. For  
complete documentation of hibernate  
behavior when USB is used, see the USB  
chapter in the processor hardware  
reference.  
USB0_ID  
I/O  
na  
none  
none  
none  
pu  
none  
VDD_USB  
Desc: USB0 OTG ID.  
Notes: If USB is not used, connect to  
ground. When USB is being used, the  
internal pull-up resistor that is present  
during hibernate is programmable. See  
the USB chapter in the processor  
hardware reference. Active during reset.  
USB0_VBC  
I/O  
I/O  
E
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_USB  
VDD_USB  
Desc: USB0 VBUS Control.  
Notes: If USB is not used, pull low.  
USB0_VBUS  
G
Desc: USB0 Bus Voltage.  
Notes: If USB is not used, connect to  
ground.  
VDD_DMC  
s
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
na  
Desc: VDD for DMC.  
Notes: If the DMC is not used, connect to  
VDD_INT.  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_TD  
s
s
s
na  
na  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
na  
na  
na  
Desc: External VDD.  
Notes: Must be powered.  
Desc: Internal VDD.  
Notes: Must be powered.  
Desc: VDD for Thermal Diode.  
Notes: If the thermal diode is not used,  
connect to ground.  
VDD_USB  
s
s
na  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
na  
na  
Desc: VDD for USB.  
Notes: If USB is not used, connect to VDD_  
EXT.  
VREF_DMC  
Desc: VREF for DMC.  
Notes: If the DMC is not used, connect to  
VDD_INT.  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 51 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
SPECIFICATIONS  
For information about product specifications please contact  
your ADI representative.  
OPERATING CONDITIONS  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Nominal  
1.25  
1.8  
Max  
1.32  
1.9  
Unit  
V
VDD_INT  
Internal Supply Voltage  
External Supply Voltage  
External Supply Voltage  
DDR2/LPDDR Supply Voltage  
USB Supply Voltage  
CCLK ≤ 500 MHz  
1.19  
1
VDD_EXT  
1.7  
V
1
VDD_EXT  
3.13  
3.3  
3.47  
1.9  
V
VDD_DMC  
1.7  
1.8  
V
2
VDD_USB  
3.13  
3.3  
3.47  
3.47  
V
VDD_TD  
Thermal Diode Supply Voltage  
High Level Input Voltage  
High Level Input Voltage  
High Level Input Voltage  
3.13  
3.3  
V
3
VIH  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V  
2.1  
V
3
VIH  
VDD_EXT = 1.9 V  
0.7 × VDD_EXT  
0.7 × VVBUSTWI  
VDDR_REF + 0.25  
0.8 × VDD_DMC  
0.50  
V
4, 5  
VIHTWI  
VDD_EXT = Maximum  
VDD_DMC = 1.9 V  
VDD_DMC = 1.9 V  
VIX = 1.075 V  
VVBUSTWI  
V
6, 7  
VIH_DDR2  
V
8
VIH_LPDDR  
V
9
VID_DDR2  
Differential Input Voltage  
Differential Input Voltage  
Low Level Input Voltage  
Low Level Input Voltage  
Low Level Input Voltage  
V
9
VID_DDR2  
VIX = 0.725 V  
0.55  
V
3
VIL  
VDD_EXT = 3.13 V  
0.8  
V
3
VIL  
VDD_EXT = 1.7 V  
0.3 × VDD_EXT  
0.3 × VVBUSTWI  
VDDR_REF – 0.25  
0.2 × VDD_DMC  
+105  
V
4, 5  
VILTWI  
VDD_EXT = Minimum  
VDD_DMC = 1.7 V  
VDD_DMC = 1.7 V  
TAMBIENT = –40°C to +85°C  
TAMBIENT = –40°C to +105°C  
V
6, 7  
VIL_DDR2  
V
8
VIL_LPDDR  
V
TJ  
TJ  
Junction Temperature  
Junction Temperature  
–40  
–40  
°C  
°C  
+125  
1 Must remain powered (even if the associated function is not used).  
2 If not used, connect to 1.8 V or 3.3 V.  
3 Parameter value applies to all input and bidirectional signals except TWI signals, DMC0 signals and USB0 signals.  
4 Parameter applies to TWI signals.  
5 TWI signals are pulled up to VBUSTWI. See Table 16.  
6 Parameter applies to DMC0 signals in DDR2 mode.  
7 VDDR_REF is the voltage applied to pin VREF_DMC, nominally VDD_DMC/2.  
8 Parameter applies to DMC0 signals in LPDDR mode.  
9 Parameter applies to signals DMC0_CK, DMC0_CK, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS when used in DDR2 differential input mode.  
Table 16. TWI_VSEL Selections and VDD_EXT/VBUSTWI  
VDD_EXT Nominal  
3.300  
VBUSTWI Min  
3.135  
VBUSTWI Nom  
3.300  
VBUSTWI Max  
3.465  
Unit  
TWI0001  
TWI001  
TWI011  
TWI100  
V
V
V
V
1.800  
1.700  
1.800  
1.900  
1.800  
3.135  
3.300  
3.465  
3.300  
4.750  
5.000  
5.250  
1 Designs must comply with the VDD_EXT and VBUSTWI voltages specified for the default TWI_DT setting for correct JTAG boundary scan operation during reset.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 52 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Clock Related Operating Conditions  
Table 17 describes the core clock timing requirements. The data  
presented in the tables applies to all speed grades (found in  
Automotive Products on Page 109) except where expressly  
noted. Figure 8 provides a graphical representation of the vari-  
ous clocks and their available divider values.  
Table 17. Clock Operating Conditions  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
500  
250  
125  
125  
250  
125  
83.3  
Unit  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
fCCLK  
Core Clock Frequency (CCLK ≥ SYSCLK)  
SYSCLK Frequency  
fSYSCLK  
1
fSCLK0  
SCLK0 Frequency (SYSCLK ≥ SCLK0)  
SCLK1 Frequency (SYSCLK ≥ SCLK1)  
DDR2/LPDDR Clock Frequency (SYSCLK ≥ DCLK)  
Output Clock Frequency  
30  
fSCLK1  
fDCLK  
fOCLK  
fPVPCLK  
PVP Clock Frequency  
1 The minimum frequency for SCLK0 applies only when the USB is used.  
Table 18. Phase-Locked Loop Operating Conditions  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
fPLLCLK  
PLL Clock Frequency  
250  
1000  
MHz  
CSEL  
(1 32)  
CCLK  
-
SCLK0  
(PVP, ALL OTHER  
PERIPHERALS)  
S0SEL  
(1 4)  
-
SYSCLK  
SYSSEL  
(1 32)  
-
SYS_CLKIN  
PLL  
PLLCLK  
SCLK1  
(SPORTS, SPI, ACM)  
S1SEL  
(1 4)  
-
DSEL  
(1 32)  
DCLK  
OCLK  
-
OSEL  
(1 128)  
-
Figure 8. Clock Relationships and Divider Values  
Rev. 0  
| Page 53 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Parameter  
Test Conditions  
Min  
Typical  
Max  
Unit  
V
1
VOH  
High Level Output Voltage  
High Level Output Voltage  
VDD_EXT = 1 . 7 V, IOH = –0.5 mA  
VDD_EXT = 3 . 13 V, IOH = –0.5 mA  
VDD_EXT – 0.40  
VDD_EXT – 0.40  
1.388  
1
VOH  
V
2
VOH_DDR2  
High Level Output Voltage, ds = 00 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –13.4 mA  
High Level Output Voltage, ds = 10 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –6.70 mA  
High Level Output Voltage, ds = 00 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –11.2 mA  
High Level Output Voltage, ds = 01 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –7.85 mA  
High Level Output Voltage, ds = 10 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –5.10 mA  
High Level Output Voltage, ds = 11 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –2.55 mA  
V
3
VOH_DDR2  
1.311  
V
4
VOH_LPDDR  
1.300  
V
5
VOH_LPDDR  
1.300  
V
6
VOH_LPDDR  
1.300  
V
7
VOH_LPDDR  
1.300  
V
8
VOL  
Low Level Output Voltage  
Low Level Output Voltage  
VDD_EXT = 1 . 7 V, IOL = 2.0 mA  
VDD_EXT = 3.13 V, IOL = 2.0 mA  
0.400  
0.400  
0.312  
0.390  
0.400  
0.400  
0.400  
0.400  
10  
V
8
VOL  
V
2
VOL_DDR2  
Low Level Output Voltage, ds = 00 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL13.4 mA  
Low Level Output Voltage, ds = 10 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 6.70 mA  
Low Level Output Voltage, ds = 00 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 11.2 mA  
Low Level Output Voltage, ds = 01 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 7.85 mA  
Low Level Output Voltage, ds = 10 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 5.10 mA  
Low Level Output Voltage, ds = 11 VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 2.55 mA  
V
3
VOL_DDR2  
V
4
VOL_LPDDR  
V
5
VOL_LPDDR  
V
6
VOL_LPDDR  
V
7
VOL_LPDDR  
V
9
IIH  
High Level Input Current  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
μA  
10  
IIH_PD  
High Level Input Current with Pull- VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
110  
10  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
down Resistor  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
11  
IIL  
Low Level Input Current  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
12  
IIL_PU  
Low Level Input Current with Pull-up VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
100  
240  
100  
10  
Resistor  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
13  
IIH_USB0  
High Level Input Current  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
13  
IIL_USB0  
Low Level Input Current  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
14  
IOZH  
Three-State Leakage Current  
Three-State Leakage Current  
Three-State Leakage Current  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
15  
IOZH  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 1.9 V  
10  
16  
IOZL  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
10  
17  
IOZL_PU  
Three-State Leakage Current with VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
100  
10  
Pull-up Resistor  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
18  
IOZH_TWI  
Three-State Leakage Current  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V, VDD_  
USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 5.5 V  
19, 20  
CIN  
Input Capacitance  
Input Capacitance  
Input Capacitance  
VDD_TD Current  
TAMBIENT = 25°C  
TAMBIENT = 25°C  
TAMBIENT = 25°C  
VDD_TD = 3.3 V  
4.9  
8.9  
5.8  
6.7  
9.9  
6.6  
1
pF  
pF  
pF  
μA  
mA  
18, 20  
CIN_TWI  
20, 21  
CIN_DDR  
IDD_TD  
22, 23  
IDD_DEEPSLEEP  
VDD_INT Current in Deep Sleep Mode fCCLK = 0 MHz  
SCLK0/1 = 0 MHz  
Table 21 on  
Page 57  
f
Rev. 0  
| Page 54 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Parameter  
Test Conditions  
fCCLK = 500 MHz  
Min  
Typical  
Max  
Unit  
23  
IDD_IDLE  
VDD_INT Current in Idle  
137  
mA  
ASFC0 = 0.14 (Idle)  
ASFC1 = 0 (Disabled)  
f
SYSCLK = 250 MHz, fSCLK0/1 = 125 MHz  
fDCLK = 0 MHz (DDR Disabled)  
USBCLK = 0 MHz (USB Disabled)  
f
No PVP or DMA activity  
TJ = 25°C  
23  
IDD_TYP  
VDD_INT Current  
fCCLK = 500 MHz  
357  
mA  
ASFC0 = 1.0 (Full-on Typical)  
ASFC1 = 0.86 (App)  
f
f
f
SYSCLK = 250 MHz, fSCLK0/1 = 125 MHz  
DCLK = 250 MHz  
USBCLK = 0 MHz (USB Disabled)  
DMA Data Rate = 124 MB/s  
Medium PVP Activity  
TJ = 25°C  
22, 24  
IDD_HIBERNATE  
Hibernate State Current  
VDD_INT = 0 V,  
40  
10  
A  
A  
V
V
DD_EXT = VDD_TD = VDD_USB = 3.3 V,  
DD_DMC = 1.8 V, VREF_DMC = 0.9 V,  
TJ = 25°C, fCLKIN = 0 MHz  
VDD_INT = 0 V,  
V
22, 24  
IDD_HIBERNATE  
Hibernate State Current  
Without USB  
DD_EXT = VDD_TD = VDD_USB = 3.3 V,  
VDD_DMC = 1.8 V, VREF_DMC = 0.9 V,  
TJ = 25°C,  
f
CLKIN = 0 MHz, USB protection  
disabled (USB0_PHY_CTL.DIS=1)  
23  
IDD_INT  
VDD_INT Current  
fCCLK > 0 MHz  
See IDDINT_TOT mA  
equation  
f
SCLK0/1 ≥ 0 MHz  
on Page 56  
1 Applies to all output and bidirectional signals except DMC0 signals, TWI signals and USB0 signals.  
2 Applies to all DMC0 output and bidirectional signals in DDR2 full drive strength mode.  
3 Applies to all DMC0 output and bidirectional signals in DDR2 half drive strength mode.  
4 Applies to all DMC0 output and bidirectional signals in LPDDR full drive strength mode.  
5 Applies to all DMC0 output and bidirectional signals in LPDDR three-quarter drive strength mode.  
6 Applies to all DMC0 output and bidirectional signals in LPDDR half drive strength mode.  
7 Applies to all DMC0 output and bidirectional signals in LPDDR one-quarter drive strength mode.  
8 Applies to all output and bidirectional signals except DMC0 signals and USB0 signals.  
9 Applies to signals SMC0_ARDY, SMC0_BR, SYS_BMODE0–2, SYS_CLKIN, SYS_HWRST, SYS_PWRGD, JTG_TDI, and JTG_TMS.  
10Applies to signals JTG_TCK and JTG_TRST.  
11Applies to signals SMC0_ARDY, SMC0_BR, SYS_BMODE0–2, SYS_CLKIN, SYS_HWRST, SYS_PWRGD, JTG_TCK, and JTG_TRST.  
12Applies to signals JTG_TDI, JTG_TMS.  
13Applies to signal USB0_CLKIN.  
14Applies to signals PA0–15, PB0–15, PC0–15, PD0–15, PE0–15, PF0–15, PG0–15, SMC0_AMS0, SMC0_ARE, SMC0_AWE, SMC0_A0E, SMC0_A01–02, SMC0_D00–15, SYS_  
FAULT, SYS_FAULT, JTG_EMU, JTG_TDO, USB0_DM, USB0_DP, USB0_ID, USB0_VBC, USB0_VBUS.  
15 Applies to DMC0_A[00:13], DMC0_BA[0:2], DMC0_CAS, DMC0_CS0, DMC0_DQ[00:15], DMC0_LQDS, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_LDM,  
DMC0_UDM, DMC0_ODT, DMC0_RAS, and DMC0_WE.  
16Applies to signals PA0–15, PB0–15, PC0–15, PD0–15, PE0–15, PF0–15, PG0–15, SMC0_A0E, SMC0_A01–02, SMC0_D00–15, SYS_FAULT, SYS_FAULT, JTG_EMU, JTG_  
TDO, USB0_DM, USB0_DP, USB0_ID, USB0_VBC, USB0_VBUS, DMC0_A00–13, DMC0_BA0–2, DMC0_CAS, DMC0_CS0, DMC0_DQ00–15, DMC0_LQDS, DMC0_  
LDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_LDM, DMC0_UDM, DMC0_ODT, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_WE, and TWI signals.  
17Applies to signals SMC0_AMS0, SMC0_ARE, SMC0_AWE, and when RSI pull-up resistors are enabled, PE10–13, 15 and PG00, 02, 03, 05.  
18Applies to all TWI signals.  
19Applies to all signals, except DMC0 and TWI signals.  
20Guaranteed, but not tested.  
21Applies to all DMC0 signals  
22See the ADSP-BF60x Blackfin Processor Hardware Reference Manual for definition of deep sleep and hibernate operating modes.  
23Additional information can be found at Total Internal Power Dissipation on Page 56.  
24Applies to VDD_EXT, VDD_DMC, VDD_USB and VDD_TD supply signals only. Clock inputs are tied high or low.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 55 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
I
DDINT_CCLK_DYN (mA) = Table 19 × (ASFC0 + ASFC1)  
Total Internal Power Dissipation  
The dynamic current of the PVP is determined by selecting the  
appropriate use case from Table 22.  
Total power dissipation has two components:  
1. Static, including leakage current (deep sleep)  
I
DDINT_PVP_DYN (mA) = Table 22  
2. Dynamic, due to transistor switching characteristics for  
each clock domain  
Clock Current  
Many operating conditions can also affect power dissipation,  
including temperature, voltage, operating frequency, and pro-  
cessor activity. The following equation describes the internal  
current consumption.  
The dynamic clock currents provide the total power dissipated  
by all transistors switching in the clock paths. The power dissi-  
pated by each clock domain is dependent on voltage (VDD_INT),  
operating frequency and a unique scaling factor.  
I
DDINT_TOT = IDDINT_CCLK_DYN + IDDINT_SYSCLK_DYN +   
IDDINT_SYSCLK_DYN (mA) = 0.187 × fSYSCLK (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
IDDINT_SCLK0_DYN + IDDINT_SCLK1_DYN + IDDINT_DCLK_DYN +  
I
I
I
DDINT_SCLK0_DYN (mA) = 0.217 × fSCLK0 (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
DDINT_SCLK1_DYN (mA) = 0.042 × fSCLK1 (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
DDINT_DCLK_DYN (mA) = 0.024 × fDCLK (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
I
I
DDINT_USBCLK_DYN + IDDINT_DMA_DR_DYN +   
DDINT_DEEPSLEEP + IDDINT_PVP_DYN  
I
DDINT_DEEPSLEEP is the only item present that is part of the static  
power dissipation component. IDDINT_DEEPSLEEP is specified as a  
function of voltage (VDD_INT) and temperature (see Table 21).  
The dynamic component of the USB clock is a unique case. The  
USB clock contributes a near constant current value when used.  
There are eight different items that contribute to the dynamic  
power dissipation. These components fall into three broad cate-  
gories: application-dependent currents, clock currents and data  
transmission currents.  
I
DDINT_USBCLK_DYN (mA) = 5 mA (if USB enabled)  
Data Transmission Current  
The data transmission current represents the power dissipated  
when transmitting data. This current is expressed in terms of  
data rate. The calculation is performed by adding the data rate  
(MB/s) of each DMA and core driven access to peripherals and  
L2/external memory. This number is then multiplied by a coeffi-  
cient and VDD_INT. The following equation provides an estimate  
of all data transmission current.  
Application-Dependent Current  
The application-dependent currents include the dynamic cur-  
rent in the core clock domain and the dynamic current of the  
PVP.  
Core clock (CCLK) use is subject to an activity scaling factor  
(ASF) that represents application code running on the processor  
cores and L1/L2 memories (Table 20). The ASF is combined  
with the CCLK frequency and VDD_INT dependent data in  
Table 19 to calculate this portion.  
I
DDINT_DMA_DR_DYN(mA) = 0.0578 × data rate (MB/s) × VDD_INT (V)  
For details on using this equation see the related Engineer Zone  
material.  
Table 19. CCLK Dynamic Current per core (mA, with ASF = 1)  
Voltage (VDD_INT  
)
fCCLK (MHz)  
500  
1.175 1.200 1.225 1.250 1.275 1.300 1.320  
96.3  
87.2  
78.0  
68.7  
59.7  
50.3  
41.3  
32.0  
22.7  
98.8  
89.5  
80.1  
70.7  
61.2  
51.8  
42.4  
32.9  
23.5  
101.5  
91.9  
82.2  
72.5  
63.0  
53.2  
43.6  
34.0  
24.2  
103.9  
94.1  
84.3  
74.4  
64.6  
54.7  
44.8  
34.8  
25.0  
106.7  
96.7  
86.5  
76.3  
66.3  
56.3  
46.0  
35.9  
25.7  
109.3  
98.9  
88.6  
78.3  
68.0  
57.6  
47.2  
37.0  
26.5  
110.8  
100.6  
90.1  
79.4  
69.1  
58.5  
48.2  
37.4  
26.9  
450  
400  
350  
300  
250  
200  
150  
100  
Rev. 0  
| Page 56 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 20. Activity Scaling Factors (ASF)  
IDDINT Power Vector  
IDD-PEAK  
ASF  
1.34  
1.25  
1.00  
0.86  
0.72  
0.14  
IDD-HIGH  
IDD-FULL-ON-TYP  
IDD-APP  
IDD-NOP  
IDD-IDLE  
Table 21. Static Current—IDD_DEEPSLEEP (mA)  
Voltage (VDD_INT  
)
TJ (°C)  
–40  
–20  
0
1.175 1.200 1.225 1.250 1.275 1.300 1.320  
1.7  
1.8  
2.2  
2.5  
2.7  
3.1  
3.4  
4.0  
4.2  
4.6  
5.1  
5.6  
6.2  
6.8  
8.2  
9.0  
9.6  
10.6  
23.2  
36.8  
56.4  
80.6  
113.0  
163.4  
183.4  
229.5  
277.3  
11.5  
25.3  
40.0  
60.6  
86.2  
120.7  
173.9  
195.2  
243.9  
294.0  
12.5  
27.2  
42.8  
65.0  
92.4  
128.9  
185.1  
207.5  
258.6  
311.9  
13.4  
29.0  
45.4  
68.1  
97.9  
136.4  
194.1  
217.5  
271.1  
326.4  
25  
18.3  
29.6  
45.4  
65.8  
92.8  
135.5  
152.7  
191.9  
232.8  
19.8  
31.7  
48.9  
70.4  
99.3  
144.2  
162.4  
203.7  
247.2  
21.5  
34.4  
52.4  
75.5  
105.9  
153.6  
172.5  
216.2  
261.8  
40  
55  
70  
85  
100  
105  
115  
125  
Table 22. IDDINT_PVP_DYN (mA)  
PVP Activity Level  
PVPSF (PVP Scaling Factor)  
High  
42.4  
20  
0
Medium  
Low  
Rev. 0  
| Page 57 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
PROCESSOR — ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS  
ESD SENSITIVITY  
Stresses greater than those listed in Table 23 may cause perma-  
nent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only.  
Functional operation of the device at these or any other condi-  
tions greater than those indicated in the operational sections of  
this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum  
rating conditions for extended periods may affect device  
reliability.  
ESD (electrostatic discharge) sensitive device.  
Charged devices and circuit boards can discharge  
without detection. Although this product features  
patented or proprietary protection circuitry, damage  
may occur on devices subjected to high energy ESD.  
Therefore, proper ESD precautions should be taken to  
avoid performance degradation or loss of functionality.  
Table 23. Absolute Maximum Ratings  
Parameter  
Rating  
PROCESSOR — PACKAGE INFORMATION  
Internal Supply Voltage (VDD_INT  
)
–0.33 V to 1.32 V  
The information presented in Figure 9 and Table 25 provides  
details about package branding. For a complete listing of prod-  
uct availability, see Automotive Products on Page 109.  
External (I/O) Supply Voltage (VDD_EXT) –0.33 V to 3.63 V  
Thermal Diode Supply Voltage   
(VDD_TD  
DDR2 Controller Supply Voltage   
(VDD_DMC  
–0.33 V to 3.63 V  
)
–0.33 V to 1.90 V  
)
USB PHY Supply Voltage (VDD_USB  
Input Voltage1, 2, 3  
)
–0.33 V to 3.63 V  
–0.33 V to 3.63 V  
–0.33 V to 5.50 V  
–0.33 V to 5.25 V  
–0.33 V to 6.00 V  
–0.33 V to 1.90 V  
–0.33 V to VDD_EXT + 0.5 V  
12.5 mA (max)  
a
ADSP-BF609  
tppZccc  
TWI Input Voltage2, 4  
USB0_Dx Input Voltage5  
USB0_VBUS Input Voltage5  
DDR2 Input Voltage6  
vvvvvv.x n.n  
#yyww country_of_origin  
B
Output Voltage Swing  
I
OH/IOL Current per Signal1  
Figure 9. Product Information on Package  
Storage Temperature Range  
–65°C to +150°C  
+125°C  
Junction Temperature Under Bias  
Table 25. Package Brand Information  
1 Applies to 100% transient duty cycle.  
2 Applies only when VDD_EXT is within specifications. When VDD_EXT is outside  
specifications, the range is VDD_EXT 0.2 V.  
Brand Key  
Field Description  
Product Model  
ADSP-BF609  
3 For other duty cycles see Table 24.  
4 Applies to balls TWI_SCL and TWI_SDA.  
t
Temperature Range  
Package Type  
5 If the USB is not used, connect USB0_Dx and USB0_VBUS according to Table 15  
on Page 37.  
pp  
6 Applies only when VDD_DMC is within specifications. When VDD_DMC is outside  
specifications, the range is VDD_DMC 0.2 V.  
Z
RoHS Compliant Designation  
See Ordering Guide  
Assembly Lot Code  
Silicon Revision  
ccc  
vvvvvv.x  
n.n  
Table 24. Maximum Duty Cycle for Input Transient Volt-  
age1, 2  
yyww  
Date Code  
Maximum Duty Cycle (%)2  
VIN Min (V)3  
–0.33  
VIN Max (V)3  
3.63  
100  
50  
40  
25  
20  
15  
10  
–0.50  
3.80  
–0.56  
3.86  
–0.67  
3.97  
–0.73  
4.03  
–0.80  
4.10  
–0.90  
4.20  
1 Applies to all signal balls with the exception of SYS_CLKIN, SYS_XTAL,  
SYS_EXT_WAKE, USB0_DP, USB0_DM, USB0_VBUS, TWI signals, and  
DMC0 signals.  
2 Applies onlywhenVDD_EXT is withinspecifications. WhenVDD_EXT is outside speci-  
fications, the range is VDD_EXT 0.2 V.  
3 The individual values cannot be combined for analysis of a single instance of  
overshoot or undershoot. The worst case observed value must fall within one of  
the specified voltages, and the total duration of the overshoot or undershoot  
(exceeding the 100% case) must be less than or equal to the corresponding duty  
cycle.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 58 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Clock and Reset Timing  
Table 26 and Figure 10 describe clock and reset operations. Per  
the CCLK, SYSCLK, SCLK0, SCLK1, DCLK, and OCLK timing  
specifications in Table 17 on Page 53, combinations of   
SYS_CLKIN and clock multipliers must not select clock rates in  
excess of the processor’s maximum instruction rate.  
Table 26. Clock and Reset Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
fCKIN  
SYS_CLKIN Frequency (using a crystal)1, 2, 3  
SYS_CLKIN Frequency (using a crystal oscillator)1, 2, 3 20  
SYS_CLKIN Low Pulse1  
SYS_CLKIN High Pulse1  
20  
50  
60  
MHz  
MHz  
ns  
fCKIN  
tCKINL  
tCKINH  
tWRST  
6.67  
6.67  
ns  
SYS_HWRST Asserted Pulse Width Low4  
11 × tCKIN  
ns  
1 Applies to PLL bypass mode and PLL non bypass mode.  
2 The tCKIN period (see Figure 10) equals 1/fCKIN  
.
3 If the CGU_CTL.DF bit is set, the minimum fCKIN specification is 40 MHz.  
4 Applies after power-up sequence is complete. See Table 27 and Figure 11 for power-up reset timing.  
tCKIN  
SYS_CLKIN  
tCKINL  
tCKINH  
tWRST  
SYS_HWRST  
Figure 10. Clock and Reset Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 59 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Power-Up Reset Timing  
In Figure 11, VDD_SUPPLIES are VDD_INT, VDD_EXT, VDD_DMC, VDD_USB  
,
and VDD_TD  
.
Table 27. Power-Up Reset Timing  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
tRST_IN_PWR SYS_HWRST Deasserted after VDD_INT, VDD_EXT, VDD_DMC, VDD_USB, VDD_TD, and SYS_ 11 × tCKIN  
CLKIN are Stable and Within Specification  
ns  
RESET  
tRST_IN_PWR  
CLKIN  
V
DD_SUPPLIES  
Figure 11. Power-Up Reset Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 60 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Asynchronous Read  
Table 28. Asynchronous Memory Read (BxMODE = b#00)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSDATARE  
tHDATARE  
tDARDYARE  
DATA in Setup Before SMC0_ARE High  
DATA in Hold After SMC0_ARE High  
SMC0_ARDY Valid After SMC0_ARE Low1, 2  
8.2  
0
ns  
ns  
ns  
(RAT – 2.5) × tSCLK0 – 17.5  
Switching Characteristics  
tADDRARE  
SMC0_Ax/SMC0_AMSx Assertion Before SMC0_ (PREST + RST + PREAT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
ARE Low3  
ns  
tAOEARE  
tHARE  
SMC0_AOE Assertion Before SMC0_ARE Low  
Output4 Hold After SMC0_ARE High5  
SMC0_ARE Active Low Width6  
(RST + PREAT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
RHT × tSCLK0 –2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tWARE  
RAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
2.5 × tSCLK0  
tDAREARDY  
SMC0_ARE High Delay After SMC0_ARDY  
Assertion1  
3.5 × tSCLK0 + 17.5  
1 SMC0_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 1.  
2 RAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
3 PREST, RST, and PREAT values set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits, SMC_BxTIM.RST bits, and the SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits.  
4 Output signals are SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMS, SMC0_AOE, SMC0_ABEx.  
5 RHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RHT bits.  
6 SMC0_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
SMC0_ARE  
tWARE  
tHARE  
tADDRARE  
SMC0_AMSx  
SMC0_Ax  
tAOEARE  
SMC0_AOE  
tDARDYARE  
tDAREARDY  
SMC0_ARDY  
tSDATARE  
tHDATARE  
SMC0_Dx (DATA)  
Figure 12. Asynchronous Read  
Rev. 0  
| Page 61 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Asynchronous Flash Read  
Table 29. Asynchronous Flash Read  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
PREST × tSCLK0 – 2  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tAMSADV  
SMC0_Ax (Address)/SMC0_AMSx Assertion Before SMC0_NORDV  
ns  
Low1  
tWADV  
SMC0_NORDV Active Low Width2  
SMC0_ARE Low Delay From SMC0_NORDV High3  
Output4 Hold After SMC0_ARE High5  
SMC0_ARE Active Low Width7  
RST × tSCLK0 – 2  
PREAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
RHT × tSCLK0 – 2  
RAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tDADVARE  
tHARE  
6
tWARE  
1 PREST value set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits.  
2 RST value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RST bits.  
3 PREAT value set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits.  
4 Output signals are SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMS, SMC0_AOE.  
5 RHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RHT bits.  
6 SMC0_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
7 RAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
SMC0_Ax  
SMC0_AMSx  
(NOR_CE)  
tAMSADV  
tWADV  
SMC0_NORDV  
tWARE  
tHARE  
tDADVARE  
SMC0_ARE  
(NOR_OE)  
SMC0_Dx  
(DATA)  
READ LATCHED  
DATA  
Figure 13. Asynchronous Flash Read  
Rev. 0  
| Page 62 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Asynchronous Page Mode Read  
Table 30. Asynchronous Page Mode Read  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V /3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tAV  
SMC0_Ax (Address) Valid for First Address Min Width1 (PREST + RST + PREAT + RAT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
tAV1  
SMC0_Ax (Address) Valid for Subsequent SMC0_Ax  
(Address) Min Width  
PGWS × tSCLK0 – 2  
tWADV  
tHARE  
SMC0_NORDV Active Low Width2  
Output3 Hold After SMC0_ARE High4  
SMC0_ARE Active Low Width6  
RST × tSCLK0 – 2  
RHT × tSCLK0 – 2  
RAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
5
tWARE  
1 PREST, RST, PREAT and RAT values set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits, SMC_BxTIM.RST bits, SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits, and the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
2 RST value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RST bits.  
3 Output signals are SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_AOE.  
4 RHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RHT bits.  
5 SMC_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
6 RAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
READ  
LATCHED  
DATA  
READ  
LATCHED  
DATA  
READ  
LATCHED  
DATA  
READ  
LATCHED  
DATA  
tAV  
A0  
tAV1  
tAV1  
tAV1  
SMC0_Ax  
(ADDRESS)  
A0 + 1  
A0 + 2  
A0 + 3  
SMC0_AMSx  
(NOR_CE)  
SMC0_AOE  
NOR_ADV  
tWADV  
SMC0_ARE  
(NOR_OE)  
tWARE  
tHARE  
SMC0_Dx  
(DATA)  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
Figure 14. Asynchronous Page Mode Read  
Rev. 0  
| Page 63 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Synchronous Burst Flash Read  
Table 31. Synchronous Burst AC Timing (BxMODE = b#11)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tNDS  
tNDH  
tNWS  
tNWH  
DATA-In Setup Before SMC0_NORCLK High  
DATA-In Hold After SMC0_NORCLK High  
WAIT-In Setup Before SMC0_NORCLK High  
WAIT-In Hold After SMC0_NORCLK High  
3
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
1.5  
3
1.5  
Switching Characteristics  
tNRCLS  
NOR_CLK Low Period1, 2  
NOR_CLK High Period1, 2  
NOR_CLK Period1, 2  
Output Delay After SMC0_NORCLK High3  
Output Hold After SMC0_NORCLK High3  
[0.5 × BCLK × tSCLK0 – 1] or [7]  
[0.5 × BCLK × tSCLK0 – 1] or [7]  
[BCLK × tSCLK0 – 1] or [15]  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tNRCHS  
tNRCLK  
tNDO  
6
tNHO  
0.8  
1 Whichever is greater.  
2 BCLKDIV value set using the SMC_BxCTL.BCLK bits. BCLKDIV = (SMC_BxCTL.BCLK + 1).  
3 Output = SMC0_Ax (address), SMC0_NORDV, SMC0_ARE, SMC0_AMSx (N0R_CE).  
SMC0_NORCLK  
tNRCLS  
tNRCLK  
tNRCHS  
tNDO  
tNDO  
tNDO  
tNDO  
SMC0_AMSx  
tNHO  
SMC0_ABE1-0  
tNHO  
SMC0_Ax  
(ADDRESS)  
tNDH  
t
NDH  
t
NDS  
tNDS  
SMC0_Dx  
(DATA)  
Dn  
Dn+1 Dn+2 Dn+3  
tNDO  
tNDO  
SMC0_NORDV  
SMC0_AOE  
tNWH  
tNWS  
SMC0_NORWT  
tNDO  
tNDO  
SMC0_ARE  
NOR_OE  
NOTE: SMC0_NORCLK dotted line represents a free running version  
of SMC0_NORCLK that is not visible on the SMC0_NORCLK pin.  
Figure 15. Synchronous Burst AC Interface Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 64 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Asynchronous Write  
Table 32. Asynchronous Memory Write (BxMODE = b#00)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
1
tDARDYAWE  
SMC0_ARDY Valid After SMC0_AWE Low2  
(WAT – 2.5) ×  
tSCLK0 – 17.5  
ns  
Switching Characteristics  
tENDAT DATA Enable After SMC0_AMSx Assertion  
tDDAT DATA Disable After SMC0_AMSx Deassertion  
–3  
ns  
ns  
ns  
3
tAMSAWE  
SMC0_Ax/SMC0_AMSx Assertion Before SMC0_AWE (PREST + WST + PREAT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
Low3  
tHAWE  
Output4 Hold After SMC0_AWE High5  
SMC0_AWE Active Low Width2  
WHT × tSCLK0 – 2  
WAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
6
tWAWE  
1
tDAWEARDY  
SMC0_AWE High Delay After SMC0_ARDY Assertion 2.5 × tSCLK0  
3.5 × tSCLK0 + 17.5 ns  
1 SMC_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 1.  
2 WAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WAT bits.  
3 PREST, WST, PREAT values set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits, SMC_BxTIM.WST bits, SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits, and the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
4 Output signals are DATA, SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_ABEx.  
5 WHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WHT bits.  
6 SMC_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_ABEx  
SMC0_Ax  
tAMSAWE  
tWAWE  
tHAWE  
SMC0_ARDY  
tDARDYAWE  
tDAWEARDY  
SMC0_AMSx  
SMC0_Dx (DATA)  
tDDAT  
tENDAT  
Figure 16. Asynchronous Write  
Rev. 0  
| Page 65 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Asynchronous Flash Write  
Table 33. Asynchronous Flash Write  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tAMSADV  
tDADVAWE  
tWADV  
SMC0_Ax/SMC0_AMSx Assertion Before ADV Low1  
SMC0_AWE Low Delay From ADV High2  
NR_ADV Active Low Width3  
Output4 Hold After SMC0_AWE High5  
SMC0_AWE Active Low Width7  
PREST × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
PREAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
WST × tSCLK0 – 2  
WHT × tSCLK0 – 2  
WAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
tHAWE  
6
tWAWE  
1 PREST value set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits.  
2 PREAT value set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits.  
3 WST value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WST bits.  
4 Output signals are DATA, SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_ABEx.  
5 WHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WHT bits.  
6 SMC_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
7 WAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WAT bits.  
NOR_A 25-1  
(SMC0_Ax)  
NR_CE  
(SMC0_AMSx)  
tAMSADV  
tWADV  
NR_ADV  
(SMC0_AOE)  
tWAWE  
tHAWE  
tDADVAWE  
NR_WE  
(SMC0_AWE)  
NR_DQ 15  
-0  
(SMC0_Dx)  
Figure 17. Asynchronous Flash Write  
All Accesses  
Table 34. All Accesses  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristic  
tTURN  
SMC0_AMSx Inactive Width  
(IT + TT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
Rev. 0  
| Page 66 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Bus Request/Bus Grant  
Table 35. Bus Request/Bus Grant  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tDBGBR  
SMC0_BG Delay After SMC0_BR  
2.5 × tSCLK0  
–3  
3.5 × tSCLK0 + 17.5  
3
ns  
ns  
ns  
tENGDAT  
tDBGDAT  
DATA Enable After SMC0_BG Deassertion  
DATA Disable After SMC0_BG Assertion  
SMC0_BR  
SMC0_BG  
tDBGBR  
tDNGDAT  
tENGDAT  
SMC0 DATA/ADDRESS  
CONTROL  
Figure 18. Bus Request/Bus Grant  
DDR2 SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing  
Table 36. DDR2 SDRAM Read Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
250 MHz  
Max  
Parameter  
Min  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
tIS  
Clock Cycle Time (CL = 2 Not Supported)  
Minimum Clock Pulse Width  
4
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
ps  
ps  
0.45  
0.45  
350  
475  
0.55  
0.55  
Maximum Clock Pulse Width  
Control/Address Setup Relative to DMC0_CK Rise  
Control/Address Hold Relative to DMC0_CK Rise  
tIH  
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CK  
tIS  
tIH  
ADDRESS  
CONTROL  
NOTE: CONTROL = DMC0_CS0, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_CAS, AND DMC0_WE.  
ADDRESS = DMC0_A00 13, AND DMC0_BA0 1.  
-
-
Figure 19. DDR2 SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 67 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
DDR2 SDRAM Read Cycle Timing  
Table 37. DDR2 SDRAM Read Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
250 MHz1  
Max  
Parameter  
Min  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tDV  
Data Valid Window  
1
ns  
ns  
tDQSQ  
DMC0_DQS-DMC0_DQ Skew for DMC0_DQS and Associated DMC0_  
DQ Signals  
0.35  
tQH  
DMC0_DQ, DMC0_DQS Output Hold Time From DMC0_DQS  
1.6  
0.9  
0.4  
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
tRPRE  
tRPST  
Read Preamble  
Read Postamble  
1 In order to ensure proper operation of the DDR2, all the DDR2 guidelines have to be strictly followed.  
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
DDR2_CLKx  
DDR2_CLKx  
tAS  
tAH  
DDR2_ADDR  
DDR2_CTL  
tAC  
tDQSCK  
tRPRE  
DDR2_DQSn  
DDR2_DQSn  
tDQSQ  
tRPST  
tQH  
tDQSQ  
tQH  
DDR2_DATA  
Figure 20. DDR2 SDRAM Controller Input AC Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 68 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
DDR2 SDRAM Write Cycle Timing  
Table 38. DDR2 SDRAM Write Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
250 MHz1  
Max  
Parameter  
Min  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
2
tDQSS  
tDS  
DMC0_DQS Latching Rising Transitions to Associated Clock Edges  
Last Data Valid to DMC0_DQS Delay  
DMC0_DQS to First Data Invalid Delay  
DMC0_DQS Falling Edge to Clock Setup Time  
DMC0_DQS Falling Edge Hold Time From DMC0_CK  
DMC0_DQS Input High Pulse Width  
DMC0_DQS Input Low Pulse Width  
–0.15  
0.15  
0.3  
0.15  
tCK  
ns  
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tDH  
tDSS  
0.25  
0.25  
0.35  
0.35  
0.35  
0.4  
tDSH  
tDQSH  
tDQSL  
tWPRE  
tWPST  
tIPW  
Write Preamble  
Write Postamble  
Address and Control Output Pulse Width  
0.6  
tDIPW  
DMC0_DQ and DMC0_DM Output Pulse Width  
0.35  
1 In order to ensure proper operation of the DDR2, all the DDR2 guidelines have to be strictly followed.  
2 Write command to first DMC0_DQS delay = WL × tCK + tDQSS  
.
DMC0_CK  
tIPW  
DMC0_A00  
tDSH  
tDSS  
tDQSS  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
tWPRE  
tDQSL  
tDQSH  
tWPST  
tDS  
tDH  
tDIPW  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_UDM  
Figure 21. DDR2 SDRAM Controller Output AC Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 69 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Mobile DDR SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing  
Table 39. Mobile DDR SDRAM Read Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz  
Max  
Parameter  
Min  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
tIS  
Clock Cycle Time (CL = 2 Not Supported)  
5
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
ns  
ns  
Minimum Clock Pulse Width  
0.45  
0.45  
1
0.55  
0.55  
Maximum Clock Pulse Width  
Control/Address Setup Relative to DMC0_CK Rise  
Control/Address Hold Relative to DMC0_CK Rise  
tIH  
1
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CK  
tIS  
tIH  
ADDRESS  
CONTROL  
NOTE: CONTROL = DMC0_CS0, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_CAS, AND DMC0_WE.  
ADDRESS = DMC0_A00 13, AND DMC0_BA0 1.  
-
-
Figure 22. Mobile DDR SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing  
Mobile DDR SDRAM Read Cycle Timing  
Table 40. Mobile DDR SDRAM Read Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz  
Max  
Parameter  
Min  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tQH  
DMC0_DQ, DMC0_DQS Output Hold Time From DMC0_DQS  
1.75  
ns  
ns  
tDQSQ  
DMC0_DQS-DMC0_DQ Skew for DMC0_DQS and Associated  
DMC0_DQ Signals  
0.4  
tRPRE  
tRPST  
Read Preamble  
Read Postamble  
0.9  
0.4  
1.1  
0.6  
tCK  
tCK  
DMC0_CK  
t
t
RPST  
RPRE  
DMC0_DQS  
t
QH  
DMC0_DQS  
(DATA)  
Dn  
Dn+1  
Dn+2  
Dn+3  
t
DQSQ  
Figure 23. Mobile DDR SDRAM Controller Input AC Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 70 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Mobile DDR SDRAM Write Cycle Timing  
Table 41. Mobile DDR SDRAM Write Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz  
Max  
Parameter  
Min  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
1
tDQSS  
tDS  
DMC0_DQS Latching Rising Transitions to Associated Clock Edges  
Last Data Valid to DMC0_DQS Delay (Slew > 1 V/ns)  
DMC0_DQS to First Data Invalid Delay (Slew > 1 V/ns)  
DMC0_DQS Falling Edge to Clock Setup Time  
DMC0_DQS Falling Edge Hold Time From DMC0_CK  
DMC0_DQS Input High Pulse Width  
0.75  
0.48  
0.48  
0.2  
1.25  
tCK  
ns  
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
ns  
ns  
tDH  
tDSS  
tDSH  
tDQSH  
tDQSL  
tWPRE  
tWPST  
tIPW  
0.2  
0.4  
DMC0_DQS Input Low Pulse Width  
0.4  
Write Preamble  
0.25  
0.4  
Write Postamble  
Address and Control Output Pulse Width  
2.3  
tDIPW  
DMC0_DQ and DMC0_DM Output Pulse Width  
1.8  
1 Write command to first DMC0_DQS delay = WL × tCK + tDQSS  
.
DMC0_CK  
t
t
DSS  
DSH  
t
DQSS  
DMC0_DQS0-1  
t
WPRE  
t
t
t
WPST  
DQSL  
DQSH  
t
t
DH  
DS  
t
DIPW  
DMC0_DQ0  
-
15/  
Dn  
Dn+1  
Dn+2  
Dn+3  
DMC0_DQM0  
-
1
t
DIPW  
Write CMD  
CONTROL  
NOTE: CONTROL = DMC0_CS0, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_CAS, AND DMC0_WE.  
ADDRESS = DMC0_A00 13, AND DMC0_BA0 1.  
-
-
t
IPW  
Figure 24. Mobile DDR SDRAM Controller Output AC Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 71 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Enhanced Parallel Peripheral Interface Timing  
Table 42 and Figure 25 on Page 72, Figure 27 on Page 74,  
Figure 26 on Page 73, and Figure 28 on Page 74 describe  
enhanced parallel peripheral interface timing operations.  
Table 42. Enhanced Parallel Peripheral Interface—Internal Clock  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSFSPI  
External Frame Sync Setup Before EPPI_ 7.9  
CLK  
External Frame Sync Hold After EPPI_CLK 0  
6.5  
ns  
tHFSPI  
tSDRPI  
tHDRPI  
0
ns  
ns  
ns  
Receive Data Setup Before EPPI_CLK  
Receive Data Hold After EPPI_CLK  
7.9  
6.5  
0
0
Switching Characteristics  
tPCLKW  
EPPI_CLK Width for Data Transmit, FS  
[0.5 × tSCLK0 – 1.5] or [4.5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK0 – 1.5] or [6.5]  
[tSCLK0 – 1.5] or [12]  
[0.5 × tSCLK0 – 1.5] or [4.5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK0 – 1.5] or [6.5]  
[tSCLK0 – 1.5] or [12]  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
External Data/FS Transmit1  
EPPI_CLK Width for Data Transmit, FS  
Internal Data/FS Receive1  
tPCLK  
EPPI_CLK Period for Data Receive, FS  
External Data/FS Transmit1  
EPPI_CLK Period for Data Receive, FS  
Internal Data/FS Receive1  
[tSCLK0 – 1.5] or [16]  
[tSCLK0 – 1.5] or [16]  
tDFSPI  
Internal Frame Sync Delay After EPPI_CLK  
3.5  
3.5  
3.5  
3.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHOFSPI  
tDDTPI  
tHDTPI  
tSFS3GE  
Internal Frame Sync Hold After EPPI_CLK –0.5  
Transmit Data Delay After EPPI_CLK  
–0.5  
Transmit Data Hold After EPPI_CLK  
–0.5  
–0.5  
14  
External FS3 Input Setup Before EPPI_CLK 15.4  
Fall Edge in Clock Gating Mode  
1 Whichever is greater.  
FRAME SYNC  
DRIVEN  
DATA  
SAMPLED  
EPPI_CLK  
tDFSPI  
tPCLKW  
tHOFSPI  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
tSDRPI  
tHDRPI  
EPPI_D00-23  
Figure 25. PPI GP Receive Mode with Internal Frame Sync Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 72 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
FRAME SYNC  
DRIVEN  
DATA  
DRIVEN  
tPCLK  
DATA  
DRIVEN  
EPPI_CLK  
tDFSPI  
tPCLKW  
tHOFSPI  
EPPI_FS1/2  
tDDTPI  
tHDTPI  
EPPI_D00-23  
Figure 26. PPI GP Transmit Mode with Internal Frame Sync Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 73 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 43. Enhanced Parallel Peripheral Interface—External Clock  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tPCLKW  
EPPI_CLKWidthforDataTransmit, FSExternal [0.5 × tSCLK0 – 0.5] or [5.5]  
Data/FS Receive1  
[0.5 × tSCLK0 – 0.5] or [5.5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK0 – 1] or [7.5]  
[tSCLK0 – 1] or [12]  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
EPPI_CLK Width for Data Transmit, FS Internal [0.5 × tSCLK0 – 1] or [7.5]  
Data/FS Transmit1  
tPCLK  
EPPI_CLK Period for Data Receive, FS External [tSCLK0 – 1] or [12]  
Data/FS Receive1  
EPPI_CLK Period for Data Receive, FS Internal [tSCLK0 – 1] or [17]  
Data/FS Transmit1  
[tSCLK0 – 1] or [17]  
tSFSPE  
tHFSPE  
tSDRPE  
tHDRPE  
External Frame Sync Setup Before EPPI_CLK  
External Frame Sync Hold After EPPI_CLK  
Receive Data Setup Before EPPI_CLK  
Receive Data Hold After EPPI_CLK  
2
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
3.7  
2
3.7  
2
3.7  
3.7  
Switching Characteristics  
tDFSPE  
tHOFSPE  
tDDTPE  
tHDTPE  
Internal Frame Sync Delay After EPPI_CLK  
20.1  
20.1  
15.3  
15.3  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Internal Frame Sync Hold After EPPI_CLK  
Transmit Data Delay After EPPI_CLK  
Transmit Data Hold After EPPI_CLK  
2.4  
2.4  
2.4  
2.4  
1 Whichever is greater.  
DATA SAMPLED /  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
DATA SAMPLED /  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
EPPI_CLK  
tPCLKW  
tSFSPE  
tHFSPE  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
tSDRPE  
tHDRPE  
EPPI_D00-23  
Figure 27. PPI GP Receive Mode with External Frame Sync Timing  
DATA DRIVEN /  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
EPPI_CLK  
tSFSPE  
tHFSPE  
tPCLKW  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
tDDTPE  
tHDTPE  
EPPI_D00-23  
Figure 28. PPI GP Transmit Mode with External Frame Sync Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 74 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Link Ports  
Calculation of link receiver data setup and hold relative to link  
clock is required to determine the maximum allowable skew  
that can be introduced in the transmission path length differ-  
ence between LP_Dx (data) and LP_CLK. Setup skew is the  
maximum delay that can be introduced in LP_Dx relative to  
LP_CLK:  
(setup skew = tLCLKTWH min – tDLDCH – tSLDCL). Hold skew is the  
maximum delay that can be introduced in LP_CLK relative to  
LP_Dx: (hold skew = tLCLKTWL min – tHLDCH – tHLDCL).  
Table 44. Link Ports—Receive  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSLDCL  
Data Setup Before LP_CLK Low  
Data Hold After LP_CLK Low  
LP_CLK Period1  
LP_CLK Width Low1  
LP_CLK Width High1  
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHLDCL  
3
tLCLKIW  
tLCLKRWL  
tLCLKRWH  
[tSCLK0 – 1] or [12]  
[0.5 × tSCLK0 – 0.5] or [5.5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK0 – 0.5] or [5.5]  
Switching Characteristic  
tDLALC  
LP_ACK Low Delay After LP_CLK Low2  
1.5 × tSCLK0 + 4  
2.5 × tSCLK0 + 12  
ns  
1 Whichever is greater.  
2 LP_ACK goes low with tDLALC relative to rise of LP_CLK after first byte, but does not go low if the receiver's link buffer is not about to fill.  
tLCLKIW  
tLCLKRWH  
tLCLKRWL  
LP_CLK  
LP_D7–0  
tHLDCL  
tSLDCL  
IN  
tDLALC  
LP_ACK (OUT)  
Figure 29. Link Ports—Receive  
Rev. 0  
| Page 75 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 45. Link Ports—Transmit  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSLACH  
LP_ACK Setup Before LP_CLK Low  
LP_ACK Hold After LP_CLK Low  
2 × tSCLK0 + 10  
0
ns  
ns  
tHLACH  
Switching Characteristics  
tDLDCH  
Data Delay After LP_CLK High  
Data Hold After LP_CLK High  
LP_CLK Width Low  
2.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHLDCH  
–1  
tLCLKTWL  
tLCLKTWH  
tDLACLK  
0.4 × tLCLK  
0.4 × tLCLK  
tSCLK0 + 4  
0.6 × tLCLK  
LP_CLK Width High  
0.6 × tLCLK  
LP_CLK Low Delay After LP_ACK High  
(2 × tSCLK0) + tLCLK + 10  
LAST BYTE  
TRANSMITTED  
FIRST BYTE  
1
tLCLKTWH tLCLKTWL  
TRANSMITTED  
LP_CLK  
tDLDCH  
tHLDCH  
LP_Dx  
OUT  
(DATA)  
tSLACH  
tHLACH  
tDLACLK  
LP_ACK (IN)  
NOTES  
The tSLACH and t  
specifications apply only to the LP_ACK falling edge. If these specifications are met,  
LP_CLK wouldHeLAxCtHend and the dotted LP_CLK falling edge would not occur as shown. The position of the  
dotted falling edge can be calculated using the tLCLKTWH specification. tLCLKTWH Min should be used for t SLACH  
and tLCLKTWH Max for tHLACH  
.
Figure 30. Link Ports—Transmit  
Rev. 0  
| Page 76 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Serial Ports  
To determine whether communication is possible between two  
devices at clock speed n, the following specifications must be  
confirmed: 1) frame sync delay and frame sync setup and hold,  
2) data delay and data setup and hold, and 3) serial clock   
(SPT_CLK) width. In Figure 31 either the rising edge or the fall-  
ing edge of SPT_CLK (external or internal) can be used as the  
active sampling edge.  
Table 46. Serial Ports—External Clock  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSFSE  
Frame Sync Setup Before SPT_CLK   
2
2
ns  
(Externally Generated Frame Sync in either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)1  
tHFSE  
Frame Sync Hold After SPT_CLK   
(Externally Generated Frame Sync in either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)1  
2.7  
2.7  
ns  
tSDRE  
Receive Data Setup Before Receive SPT_CLK1  
Receive Data Hold After SPT_CLK1  
2
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHDRE  
tSCLKW  
2.7  
2.7  
SPT_CLK Width for External SPT_CLK Data/FS [0.5 × tSCLK1 – 0.5] or [5.5]  
Receive2  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 0.5] or [5.5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 0.5] or [8]  
[tSCLK1 – 1] or [12]  
SPT_CLK Width for External SPT_CLK Data/FS [0.5 × tSCLK1 – 0.5] or [8]  
Transmit2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tSPTCLK  
SPT_CLK Period for External SPT_CLK Data/FS [tSCLK1 – 1] or [12]  
Receive2  
SPT_CLK Period for External SPT_CLK Data/FS [tSCLK1 – 1] or [17]  
Transmit2  
[tSCLK1 – 1] or [17]  
Switching Characteristics  
tDFSE  
Frame Sync Delay After SPT_CLK   
19.3  
18.8  
14.5  
ns  
ns  
(Internally Generated Frame Sync in either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)3  
tHOFSE  
Frame Sync Hold After SPT_CLK   
(Internally Generated Frame Sync in either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)3  
Transmit Data Delay After Transmit SPT_CLK3  
Transmit Data Hold After Transmit SPT_CLK3  
2
2
2
2
tDDTE  
tHDTE  
14  
ns  
ns  
1 Referenced to sample edge.  
2 Whichever is greater.  
3 Referenced to drive edge.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 77 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 47. Serial Ports—Internal Clock  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSFSI  
Frame Sync Setup Before SPT_CLK  
16.8  
12  
(Externally Generated Frame Sync in either  
ns  
Transmit or Receive Mode)1  
tHFSI  
Frame Sync Hold After SPT_CLK  
(Externally Generated Frame Sync in either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)1  
0
–0.5  
ns  
tSDRI  
tHDRI  
Receive Data Setup Before SPT_CLK1  
Receive Data Hold After SPT_CLK1  
4.8  
1.5  
3.4  
1.5  
ns  
ns  
Switching Characteristics  
tDFSI  
FrameSyncDelayAfterSPT_CLK(Internally  
3.5  
3.5  
3.5  
3.5  
ns  
ns  
Generated Frame Sync in Transmit or  
Receive Mode)2  
tHOFSI  
Frame Sync Hold After SPT_CLK (Internally –1.0  
Generated Frame Sync in Transmit or  
Receive Mode)2  
Transmit Data Delay After SPT_CLK2  
–1.0  
tDDTI  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHDTI  
Transmit Data Hold After SPT_CLK2  
–1.25  
–1.25  
tSCLKIW  
SPT_CLK Width for Internal SPT_CLK  
Data/FS Transmit3  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [4.5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [4.5]  
SPT_CLK Width for Internal SPT_CLK  
Data/FS Receive  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [6.5]  
[tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [12]  
[tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [16]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [6.5]  
[tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [12]  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tSPTCLK  
tSPTCLK  
SPT_CLK Period for Internal SPT_CLK  
Data/FS Transmit3  
SPT_CLK Period for Internal SPT_CLK  
Data/FS Receive3  
[tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [16]  
1 Referenced to the sample edge.  
2 Referenced to drive edge.  
3 Whichever is greater.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 78 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
DATA RECEIVE—INTERNAL CLOCK  
DRIVE EDGE SAMPLE EDGE  
DATA RECEIVE—EXTERNAL CLOCK  
DRIVE EDGE SAMPLE EDGE  
tSCLKIW  
tSCLKW  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
tDFSI  
tDFSE  
tHOFSI  
tSFSI  
tHFSI  
tHOFSE  
tSFSE  
tHFSE  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
tSDRI  
tHDRI  
tSDRE  
tHDRE  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
DATA TRANSMIT—INTERNAL CLOCK  
DRIVE EDGE SAMPLE EDGE  
DATA TRANSMIT—EXTERNAL CLOCK  
DRIVE EDGE SAMPLE EDGE  
tSCLKIW  
tSCLKW  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
tDFSI  
tDFSE  
tHOFSI  
tSFSI  
tHFSI  
tHOFSE  
tSFSE  
tHFSE  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
tDDTI  
tDDTE  
tHDTI  
tHDTE  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
Figure 31. Serial Ports  
Rev. 0  
| Page 79 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 48. Serial Ports—Enable and Three-State  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
1
Max  
Min  
1
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tDDTEN  
tDDTTE  
tDDTIN  
tDDTTI  
Data Enable from External Transmit SPT_CLK1  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Data Disable from External Transmit SPT_CLK1  
Data Enable from Internal Transmit SPT_CLK1  
Data Disable from Internal Transmit SPT_CLK1  
18.8  
2.8  
14  
–1  
–1  
2.8  
1 Referenced to drive edge.  
DRIVE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE  
SPT_CLK  
(SPORT CLOCK  
EXTERNAL)  
tDDTEN  
tDDTTE  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA  
CHANNEL A/B)  
DRIVE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE  
SPT_CLK  
(SPORT CLOCK  
INTERNAL)  
tDDTIN  
tDDTTI  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA  
CHANNEL A/B)  
Figure 32. Serial Ports—Enable and Three-State  
Rev. 0  
| Page 80 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
The SPT_TDV output signal becomes active in SPORT multi-  
channel mode. During transmit slots (enabled with active  
channel selection registers) the SPT_TDV is asserted for com-  
munication with external devices.  
Table 49. Serial Ports—TDV (Transmit Data Valid)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
Max  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Min  
2
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tDRDVEN  
tDFDVEN  
tDRDVIN  
tDFDVIN  
Data-Valid Enable Delay from Drive Edge of External Clock1  
Data-Valid Disable Delay from Drive Edge of External Clock1  
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
18.8  
3.5  
14  
Data-Valid Enable Delay from Drive Edge of Internal Clock1 –1  
Data-Valid Disable Delay from Drive Edge of Internal Clock1  
–1  
3.5  
1 Referenced to drive edge.  
DRIVE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE  
SPT_CLK  
(SPORT CLOCK  
EXTERNAL)  
tDRDVEN  
tDFDVEN  
SPT_A/BTDV  
DRIVE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE  
SPT_CLK  
(SPORT CLOCK  
INTERNAL)  
tDRDVIN  
tDFDVIN  
SPT_A/BTDV  
Figure 33. Serial Ports—Transmit Data Valid Internal and External Clock  
Rev. 0  
| Page 81 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 50. Serial Ports—External Late Frame Sync  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Max  
Parameter  
Min  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tDDTLFSE  
Data Delay from Late External Transmit Frame Sync or External  
18.8  
14  
ns  
Receive Frame Sync with MCE = 1, MFD = 01  
Data Enable for MCE = 1, MFD = 01  
tDDTENFS  
0.5  
0.5  
ns  
1 The tDDTLFSE and tDDTENFS parameters apply to left-justified as well as standard serial mode, and MCE = 1, MFD = 0.  
DRIVE  
SAMPLE  
DRIVE  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
tHFSE/I  
tSFSE/I  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
tDDTE/I  
tDDTENFS  
tHDTE/I  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
1ST BIT  
2ND BIT  
tDDTLFSE  
Figure 34. External Late Frame Sync  
Rev. 0  
| Page 82 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Master Timing  
Table 51 and Figure 35 describe SPI port master operations.  
Note that:  
• In dual mode data receive the SPI_MOSI signal is also an  
input.  
• In dual mode data transmit the SPI_MISO signal is also an  
output.  
• In quad mode data receive the SPI_MOSI, SPI_D2, and  
SPI_D3 signals are also inputs.  
• In quad mode data transmit the SPI_MISO, SPI_D2, and  
SPI_D3 signals are also outputs.  
Table 51. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Master Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSSPIDM  
tHSPIDM  
Switching Characteristics  
tSDSCIM  
SPI_SEL low to First SPI_CLK Edge1  
tSPICHM  
Data Input Valid to SPI_CLK Edge (Data Input Setup) 3.2  
ns  
ns  
SPI_CLK Sampling Edge to Data Input Invalid  
1.2  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 2] or [5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1] or [5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1] or [5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1] or [5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1] or [5]  
[tSCLK1 – 1] or [12]  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
n s  
ns  
ns  
ns  
SPI_CLK High Period for Data Transmit1  
SPI_CLK High Period for Data Receive1  
SPI_CLK Low Period for Data Transmit1  
SPI_CLK Low Period for Data Receive1  
SPI_CLK Period for Data Transmit1  
tSPICLM  
tSPICLK  
SPI_CLK Period for Data Receive1  
[tSCLK1 – 1] or [13.33]  
2 × tSCLK1 – 1  
tHDSM  
Last SPI_CLK Edge to SPI_SEL High  
Sequential Transfer Delay1  
tSPITDM  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1] or [5]  
tDDSPIDM  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Valid (Data Out Delay)  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Invalid (Data Out Hold)  
2.6  
tHDSPIDM  
–1  
1 Whichever is greater.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 83 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
SPI_SEL  
(OUTPUT)  
tSDSCIM  
tSPICLM  
tSPICHM  
tSPICLK  
tHDSM  
tSPITDM  
SPI_CLK  
(OUTPUT)  
tHDSPIDM  
tDDSPIDM  
DATA OUTPUTS  
(SPI_MOSI)  
tSSPIDM  
CPHA = 1  
tHSPIDM  
DATA INPUTS  
(SPI_MISO)  
tHDSPIDM  
tDDSPIDM  
DATA OUTPUTS  
(SPI_MOSI)  
tSSPIDM  
tHSPIDM  
CPHA = 0  
DATA INPUTS  
(SPI_MISO)  
Figure 35. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Master Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 84 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Slave Timing  
Table 52 and Figure 36 describe SPI port slave operations. Note  
that:  
• In dual mode data receive the SPI_MISO signal is also an  
input.  
• In dual mode data transmit the SPI_MOSI signal is also an  
output.  
• In quad mode data receive the SPI_MISO, SPI_D2, and  
SPI_D3 signals are also inputs.  
• In quad mode data transmit the SPI_MOSI, SPI_D2, and  
SPI_D3 signals are also outputs.  
Table 52. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Slave Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSPICHS  
tSPICLS  
tSPICLK  
SPI_CLK High Period for Data Transmit1  
SPI_CLK High Period for Data Receive1  
SPI_CLK Low Period for Data Transmit1  
SPI_CLK Low Period for Data Receive1  
SPI_CLK Period for Data Transmit1  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [7.0]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [4.5]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [7.0]  
[0.5 × tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [4.5]  
[tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [17]  
[tSCLK1 – 1.5] or [12]  
5
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
SPI_CLK Period for Data Receive1  
tHDS  
Last SPI_CLK Edge to SPI_SS Not Asserted  
Sequential Transfer Delay  
tSPITDS  
tSDSCI  
tSSPID  
tHSPID  
0.5 × tSPICLK – 1.5  
10.5  
SPI_SS Assertion to First SPI_CLK Edge  
Data Input Valid to SPI_CLK Edge (Data Input Setup)  
SPI_CLK Sampling Edge to Data Input Invalid  
2.0  
1.6  
Switching Characteristics  
tDSOE  
SPI_SS Assertion to Data Out Active  
0
0
14  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tDSDHI  
tDDSPID  
tHDSPID  
SPI_SS Deassertion to Data High Impedance  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Valid (Data Out Delay)  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Invalid (Data Out Hold)  
12.5  
14  
0
1 Whichever is greater.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 85 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
SPI_SS  
(INPUT)  
tSDSCI  
tSPICLS  
tSPICHS  
tSPICLK  
tHDS  
tSPITDS  
SPI_CLK  
(INPUT)  
tDSOE  
tDDSPID  
tHDSPID  
tDDSPID  
tDSDHI  
DATA OUTPUTS  
(SPI_MISO)  
CPHA = 1  
tSSPID  
tHSPID  
DATA INPUTS  
(SPI_MOSI)  
tDSOE  
tHDSPID  
tDDSPID  
tDSDHI  
DATA OUTPUTS  
(SPI_MISO)  
tHSPID  
CPHA = 0  
tSSPID  
DATA INPUTS  
(SPI_MOSI)  
Figure 36. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Slave Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 86 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—SPI_RDY Slave  
Timing  
Table 53. SPI Port—SPI_RDY Slave Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tDSPISCKRDYSR  
tDSPISCKRDYST  
SPI_RDY De-assertion from Valid Input SPI_CLK Edge in Slave Mode Receive 2.5 × tSCLK1  
SPI_RDY De-assertion from Valid Input SPI_CLK Edge in Slave Mode Transmit 3.5 × tSCLK1  
3.5 × tSCLK1 + 17.5 ns  
4.5 × tSCLK1 + 17.5 ns  
tDSPISCKRDYSR  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
CPHA = 0  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
CPHA = 1  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
SPI_RDY (O)  
Figure 37. SPI_RDY De-assertion from Valid Input SPI_CLK Edge in Slave Mode Receive (FCCH = 0)  
tDSPISCKRDYST  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
CPHA = 0  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
CPHA = 1  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_RDY (O)  
Figure 38. SPI_RDY De-assertion from Valid Input SPI_CLK Edge in Slave Mode Transmit (FCCH = 1)  
Rev. 0  
| Page 87 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Open Drain Mode  
Timing  
In Figure 39 and Figure 40, the outputs can be SPI_MOSI SPI_  
MISO, SPI_D2, and/or SPI_D3 depending on the mode of  
operation.  
Table 54. SPI Port ODM Master Mode Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tHDSPIODMM  
tDDSPIODMM  
SPI_CLK Edge to High Impedance from Data Out Valid  
–1  
0
ns  
ns  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Valid from High Impedance  
6
tHDSPIODMM  
tHDSPIODMM  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
OUTPUT  
(CPHA = 1)  
OUTPUT  
(CPHA = 0)  
tDDSPIODMM  
tDDSPIODMM  
Figure 39. ODM Master  
Table 55. SPI Port—ODM Slave Mode  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tHDSPIODMS  
tDDSPIODMS  
SPI_CLK Edge to High Impedance from Data Out Valid  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Valid from High Impedance  
0
ns  
ns  
11.5  
tHDSPIODMS  
tHDSPIODMS  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
OUTPUT  
(CPHA = 1)  
OUTPUT  
(CPHA = 0)  
tDDSPIODMS  
tDDSPIODMS  
Figure 40. ODM Slave  
Rev. 0  
| Page 88 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—SPI_RDY Timing  
Table 56. SPI Port—SPI_RDY Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSRDYSCKM0 Minimum Setup Time for SPI_RDY De-assertion in Master  
Mode Before Last SPI_CLK Edge of Valid Data Transfer to   
Block Subsequent Transfer with CPHA = 0  
(2.5 + 1.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK1  
17.5  
+
ns  
tSRDYSCKM1 Minimum Setup Time for SPI_RDY De-assertion in Master  
Mode Before Last SPI_CLK Edge of Valid Data Transfer to   
Block Subsequent Transfer with CPHA = 1  
(1.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK1 + 17.5  
ns  
ns  
Switching Characteristic  
tSRDYSCKM Time Between Assertion of SPI_RDY by Slave and First Edge 3 × tSCLK1  
of SPI_CLK for New SPI Transfer with CPHA = 0 and BAUD = 0  
(STOP, LEAD, LAG = 0)  
4 × tSCLK1 + 17.5  
Time Between Assertion of SPI_RDY by Slave and First Edge (4 + 1.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK1  
of SPI_CLK for New SPI Transfer with CPHA = 0 and BAUD ≥ 1  
(STOP, LEAD, LAG = 0)  
Time Between Assertion of SPI_RDY by Slave and First Edge (3 + 0.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK1  
of SPI_CLK for New SPI Transfer with CPHA = 1 (STOP, LEAD,   
LAG = 0)  
(5 + 1.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK1 + ns  
17.5  
(4 + 0.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK1 + ns  
17.5  
1 BAUD value set using the SPI_CLK.BAUD bits.  
tSRDYSCKM0  
SPI_RDY  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
Figure 41. SPI_RDY Setup Before SPI_CLK with CPHA = 0  
tSRDYSCKM1  
SPI_RDY  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
Figure 42. SPI_RDY Setup Before SPI_CLK with CPHA = 1  
Rev. 0  
| Page 89 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
tSRDYSCKM  
SPI_RDY  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
Figure 43. SPI_CLK Switching Diagram after SPI_RDY Assertion, CPHA = x  
Rev. 0  
| Page 90 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
General-Purpose Port Timing  
Table 57 and Figure 44 describe general-purpose   
port operations.  
Table 57. General-Purpose Port Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
tWFI  
General-Purpose Port Pin Input Pulse Width  
2 × tSCLK0  
ns  
tWFI  
GPIO INPUT  
Figure 44. General-Purpose Port Timing  
Timer Cycle Timing  
Table 58 and Figure 45 describe timer expired operations. The  
input signal is asynchronous in “width capture mode” and  
“external clock mode” and has an absolute maximum input fre-  
quency of (fSCLK0/4) MHz. The Period Value value is the timer  
period assigned in the TMx_TMRn_PER register and can range  
from 2 to 232 – 1.  
Table 58. Timer Cycle Timing  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tWL  
Timer Pulse Width Input Low (Measured In 2 × tSCLK0  
SCLK0 Cycles)1  
2 × tSCLK0  
2 × tSCLK0  
ns  
ns  
tWH  
Timer Pulse Width Input High (Measured In 2 × tSCLK0  
SCLK0 Cycles)1  
Switching Characteristics  
tHTO Timer Pulse Width Output (Measured In  
SCLK0 Cycles)  
tSCLK0 × Period  
Value  
tSCLK0 × Period  
Value  
tSCLK0 × Period  
Value  
tSCLK0 × Period  
Value  
ns  
1 The minimum pulse widths apply for TMx signals in width capture and external clock modes.  
TMR OUTPUT  
tHTO  
TMR INPUT  
tWH, tWL  
Figure 45. Timer Cycle Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 91 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Up/Down Counter/Rotary Encoder Timing  
Table 59. Up/Down Counter/Rotary Encoder Timing  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
tWCOUNT  
Up/Down Counter/Rotary Encoder Input Pulse Width 2 × tSCLK0  
2 × tSCLK0  
ns  
CNT_UD  
CNT_DG  
CNT_ZM  
tWCOUNT  
Figure 46. Up/Down Counter/Rotary Encoder Timing  
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Timing  
Table 60 and Figure 47 describe PWM operations.  
Table 60. PWM Timing  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
tES  
Switching Characteristics  
tDODIS  
Output Inactive (OFF) After Trip Input1  
tDOE  
Output Delay After External Sync1, 2  
External Sync Pulse Width  
2 × tSCLK0  
ns  
15  
ns  
ns  
2 × tSCLK0 + 5.5  
5 × tSCLK0 + 14  
1 PWM outputs are: PWMx_AH, PWMx_AL, PWMx_BH, PWMx_BL, PWMx_CH, and PWMx_CL.  
2 When the external sync signal is synchronous to the peripheral clock, it takes fewer clock cycles for the output to appear compared to when the external sync signal is  
asynchronous to the peripheral clock. For more information, see the ADSP-BF60x Blackfin Processor Hardware Reference.  
PWM_SYNC  
(AS INPUT)  
tES  
tDOE  
OUTPUT  
tDODIS  
PWM_TRIP  
Figure 47. PWM Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 92 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
ADC Controller Module (ACM) Timing  
Table 61 and Figure 48 describe ACM operations.  
f
SCLK1  
f
= --------------------------  
Note that the ACM clock (ACMx_CLK) frequency in MHz is  
set by the following equation where CKDIV is a field in the  
ACM_TC0 register and ranges from 1 to 255. Setup cycles (SC)  
in Table 61 is also a field in the ACM_TC0 register and ranges  
from 0 to 4095. Hold Cycles (HC) is a field in the ACM_TC1  
register that ranges from 0 to 15.  
ACLK  
CKDIV + 1  
1
t
= -----------------  
ACLK  
f
ACLK  
Table 61. ACM Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSDR  
tHDR  
SPORT DRxPRI/DRxSEC Setup Before ACMx_CLK  
SPORT DRxPRI/DRxSEC Hold After ACMx_CLK  
3
ns  
ns  
1.5  
Switching Characteristics  
tSCTLCS  
tHCTLCS  
tACLKW  
tACLK  
ACM Controls (ACMx_A[4:0]) Setup Before Assertion of CS  
(SC + 1) × tSCLK1 – 3  
HC × tACLK + 0.1  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ACM Control (ACMx_A[4:0]) Hold After De-assertion of CS  
ACM Clock Pulse Width  
ACM Clock Period1  
(tSCLK1/2) × (CLKDIV + 1) – 1.5  
[tSCLK1 × (CKDIV + 1)] or [16]  
–0.1  
tHCSACLK  
tSCSACLK  
CS Hold to ACMx_CLK Edge  
CS Setup to ACMx_CLK Edge  
tACLK – 3.5  
1 Whichever is greater.  
CS  
CSPOL = 1/0  
tSCSACLK  
ACM_CLK  
CLKPOL = 1/0  
tACLK  
tHCSACLK  
ACM  
CONTROLS  
tSDR  
tHDR  
tHCTLCS  
tSCTLCS  
DRxPRI/  
DRxSEC  
Figure 48. ACM Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 93 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter  
(UART) Ports—Receive and Transmit Timing  
The UART ports receive and transmit operations are described  
in the ADSP-BF60x Hardware Reference Manual.  
CAN Interface  
The CAN interface timing is described in the ADSP-BF60x  
Hardware Reference Manual.  
Universal Serial Bus (USB) On-The-Go—Receive and Transmit Timing  
Table 62 describes the USB On-The-Go receive and transmit  
operations.  
Table 62. USB On-The-Go—Receive and Transmit Timing  
VDD_USB  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
fUSBS  
fsUSB  
USB_XI Frequency  
48  
48  
MHz  
ppm  
USB_XI Clock Frequency Stability  
–50  
+50  
Rev. 0  
| Page 94 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
RSI Controller Timing  
Table 63 and Figure 49 describe RSI controller timing.  
Table 63. RSI Controller Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
Max  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tISU  
tIH  
Input Setup Time  
Input Hold Time  
11  
2
9.6  
2
ns  
ns  
Switching Characteristics  
fPP  
Clock Frequency Data Transfer Mode1  
41.67  
41.67  
MHz  
ns  
tWL  
Clock Low Time  
8
8
8
8
tWH  
Clock High Time  
ns  
tTLH  
Clock Rise Time  
3
3
ns  
tTHL  
Clock Fall Time  
3
3
ns  
tODLY  
Output Delay Time During Data Transfer Mode  
Output Hold Time  
2.5  
2.5  
ns  
tOH  
–1  
–1  
ns  
1 tPP = 1/fPP  
VOH (MIN)  
tPP  
RSI_CLK  
tTHL  
tTLH  
tISU  
tIH  
VOL (MAX)  
tWL  
tWH  
INPUT  
tODLY  
tOH  
OUTPUT  
NOTES:  
1 INPUT INCLUDES RSI_Dx AND RSI_CMD SIGNALS.  
2 OUTPUT INCLUDES RSI_Dx AND RSI_CMD SIGNALS.  
Figure 49. RSI Controller Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 95 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
10/100 Ethernet MAC Controller Timing  
Table 64 through Table 66 and Figure 50 through Figure 52  
describe the 10/100 Ethernet MAC Controller operations.  
Table 64. 10/100 Ethernet MAC Controller Timing: RMII Receive Signal  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter1  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tREFCLKF  
tREFCLKW  
tREFCLKIS  
tREFCLKIH  
ETHx_REFCLK Frequency (fSCLK0 = SCLK0 Frequency)  
None  
50 + 1%  
MHz  
ns  
ETHx_REFCLK Width (tREFCLK = ETHx_REFCLK Period)  
tREFCLK × 35%  
tREFCLK × 65%  
Rx Input Valid to RMII ETHx_REFCLK Rising Edge (Data In Setup)  
RMII ETHx_REFCLK Rising Edge to Rx Input Invalid (Data In Hold)  
4
ns  
2.2  
ns  
1 RMII inputs synchronous to RMII REF_CLK are ERxD1–0, RMII CRS_DV, and ERxER.  
tREFCLK  
RMII_REF_CLK  
tREFCLKW  
ETHx_RXD1–0  
ETHx_CRS  
ETHx_RXERR  
tREFCLKIS tREFCLKIH  
Figure 50. 10/100 Ethernet MAC Controller Timing: RMII Receive Signal  
Table 65. 10/100 Ethernet MAC Controller Timing: RMII Transmit Signal  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter1  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tREFCLKOV  
tREFCLKOH  
RMII ETHx_REFCLK Rising Edge to Transmit Output Valid (Data Out Valid)  
RMII ETHx_REFCLK Rising Edge to Transmit Output Invalid (Data Out Hold)  
14  
ns  
ns  
2
1 RMII outputs synchronous to RMII REF_CLK are ETxD1–0.  
tREFCLK  
RMII_REF_CLK  
tREFCLKOH  
ETHx_TXD1–0  
ETHx_TXEN  
tREFCLKOV  
Figure 51. 10/100 Ethernet MAC Controller Timing: RMII Transmit Signal  
Rev. 0  
| Page 96 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Table 66. 10/100 Ethernet MAC Controller Timing: RMII Station Management  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter1  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tMDIOS  
tMDCIH  
Switching Characteristics  
tMDCOV ETHx_MDC Falling Edge to ETHx_MDIO Output Valid  
tMDCOH ETHx_MDC Falling Edge to ETHx_MDIO Output Invalid (Hold)  
ETHx_MDIO Input Valid to ETHx_MDC Rising Edge (Setup)  
14  
0
ns  
ns  
ETHx_MDC Rising Edge to ETHx_MDIO Input Invalid (Hold)  
tSCLK0 + 5  
ns  
ns  
tSCLK0 –1  
1 ETHx_MDC/ETHx_MDIO is a 2-wire serial bidirectional port for controlling one or more external PHYs. ETHx_MDC is an output clock whose minimum period is  
programmable as a multiple of the system clock SCLK0. ETHx_MDIO is a bidirectional data line.  
ETHx_MDC  
(OUTPUT)  
tMDCOH  
ETHx_MDIO  
(OUTPUT)  
tMDCOV  
ETHx_MDIO  
(INPUT)  
tMDIOS  
tMDCIH  
Figure 52. 10/100 Ethernet MAC Controller Timing: RMII Station Management  
Rev. 0  
| Page 97 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
JTAG Test And Emulation Port Timing  
Table 67 and Figure 53 describe JTAG port operations.  
Table 67. JTAG Port Timing  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
1.8V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tTCK  
JTG_TCK Period  
20  
4
20  
4
ns  
tSTAP  
tHTAP  
tSSYS  
tHSYS  
tTRSTW  
JTG_TDI, JTG_TMS Setup Before JTG_TCK High  
JTG_TDI, JTG_TMS Hold After JTG_TCK High  
System Inputs Setup Before JTG_TCK High1  
System Inputs Hold After JTG_TCK High1  
ns  
4
4
ns  
12  
5
12  
5
ns  
ns  
JTG_TRST Pulse Width (measured in JTG_TCK cycles)2  
4
4
TCK  
Switching Characteristics  
tDTDO JTG_TDO Delay from JTG_TCK Low  
tDSYS  
System Outputs Delay After JTG_TCK Low3  
18  
22  
13.5  
17  
ns  
ns  
1 System Inputs = DMC0_DQ00–15, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, PA_15–0, PB_15–0, PC_15–0, PD_15–0, PE_15–0, PF_15–0, PG_15–0,  
SMC0_ARDY_NORWT, SMC0_BR, SMC0_D15–0, SYS_BMODE0–2, SYS_HWRST, SYS_FAULT, SYS_FAULT, SYS_NMI_RESOUT, SYS_PWRGD, TWI0_SCL, TWI0_  
SDA, TWI1_SCL, TWI1_SDA.  
2 50 MHz Maximum.  
3 System Outputs = DMC0_A00–13, DMC0_BA0–2, DMC0_CAS, DMC0_CK, DMC0_CK, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_CS0, DMC0_DQ00–15, DMC0_LDM, DMC0_LDQS,  
DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_ODT, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_UDM, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_WE, JTG_EMU, PA_15–0, PB_15–0, PC_15–0, PD_15–0, PE_15–0, PF_  
15–0, PG_15–0, SMC0_AMS0, SMC0_AOE_NORDV, SMC0_ARE, SMC0_AWE, SMC0_A01, SMC0_A02, SMC0_D15–0, SYS_CLKOUT, SYS_FAULT, SYS_FAULT,  
SYS_NMI_RESOUT, TWI0_SCL, TWI0_SDA, TWI1_SCL, TWI1_SDA.  
tTCK  
JTG_TCK  
tSTAP  
tHTAP  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TDI  
tDTDO  
JTG_TDO  
tSSYS  
tHSYS  
SYSTEM  
INPUTS  
tDSYS  
SYSTEM  
OUTPUTS  
Figure 53. JTAG Port Timing  
Rev. 0  
| Page 98 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
OUTPUT DRIVE CURRENTS  
Figure 54 through Figure 59 show typical current-voltage char-  
acteristics for the output drivers of the ADSP-BF60x Blackfin  
processors. The curves represent the current drive capability of  
the output drivers as a function of output voltage.  
100  
80  
40  
VDD_EXT = 1.9V @ – 40  
VDD_EXT = 1.8V @ 25  
DD_EXT = 1.7V @ 125°C  
°C  
VDD_DMC = 1.9V @ – 40  
VDD_DMC = 1.8V @ 25  
DD_DMC = 1.7V @ 125°C  
°C  
°
C
°
C
V
V
60  
20  
0
40  
V
OH  
V
OH  
20  
0
– 20  
– 40  
– 60  
– 80  
V
OL  
V
OL  
– 20  
– 40  
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 54. Driver Type A Current (1.8 V VDD_EXT  
)
Figure 56. Driver Type B Current (1.8 V VDD_DMC  
)
80  
60  
100  
80  
VDD_EXT = 3.465V @ – 40  
VDD_EXT = 3.30V @ 25  
DD_EXT = 3.135V @ 105°C  
°C  
VDD_DMC = 1.9V @ – 40  
°C  
°C  
VDD_DMC = 1.8V @ 25  
°C  
V
60  
VDD_DMC = 1.7V @ 125°C  
40  
V
40  
OH  
V
20  
OH  
20  
0
0
– 20  
– 40  
– 60  
– 80  
– 20  
– 40  
– 60  
– 80  
V
OL  
V
OL  
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
2.5  
3.0  
3.5  
4.0  
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 55. Driver Type A Current (3.3 V VDD_EXT  
)
Figure 57. Driver Type C Current (1.8 V VDD_DMC  
)
Rev. 0  
|
Page 99 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Capacitive Loading  
0
VDD_EXT = 1.9V @ – 40  
VDD_EXT = 1.8V @ 25  
DD_EXT = 1.7V @ 125°C  
°C  
Output delays and holds are based on standard capacitive loads  
of an average of 6 pF on all pins (see Figure 60). VLOAD is equal  
to (VDD_EXT)/2.  
°
C
V
– 5  
TESTER PIN ELECTRONICS  
– 10  
50:  
V
LOAD  
T1  
DUT  
OUTPUT  
V
OL  
45:  
70:  
– 15  
– 20  
ZO = 50:ꢀ(impedance)  
TD = 4.04 1.18 ns  
50:  
0.5pF  
4pF  
2pF  
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
400:  
Figure 58. Driver Type D Current (1.8 V VDD_EXT  
)
NOTES:  
THE WORST CASE TRANSMISSION LINE DELAY IS SHOWN AND CAN BE USED  
FOR THE OUTPUT TIMING ANALYSIS TO REFELECT THE TRANSMISSION LINE  
EFFECT AND MUST BE CONSIDERED.THE TRANSMISSION LINE (TD) IS FOR  
LOAD ONLY AND DOES NOT AFFECT THE DATA SHEET TIMING SPECIFICATIONS.  
0
– 20  
– 40  
– 60  
VDD_EXT = 3.465V @ – 40  
VDD_EXT = 3.30V @ 25  
DD_EXT = 3.135V @ 125°C  
°C  
°
C
ANALOG DEVICES RECOMMENDS USING THE IBIS MODEL TIMING FOR A GIVEN  
SYSTEM REQUIREMENT. IF NECESSARY, A SYSTEM MAY INCORPORATE  
EXTERNAL DRIVERS TO COMPENSATE FOR ANY TIMING DIFFERENCES.  
V
Figure 60. Equivalent Device Loading for AC Measurements  
(Includes All Fixtures)  
The graphs of Figure 61 through Figure 63 show how output  
rise and fall times vary with capacitance. The delay and hold  
specifications given should be derated by a factor derived from  
these figures. The graphs in these figures may not be linear out-  
side the ranges shown.  
V
OL  
0
1.0  
2.0  
3.0  
4.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
16  
tRISE  
Figure 59. Driver Type D Current (3.3 V VDD_EXT  
)
14  
tFALL  
12  
10  
8
6
4
2
tFALL = 1.8V @ 25  
°C  
tRISE = 1.8V @ 25  
200  
°C  
0
0
50  
150  
250  
100  
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)  
Figure 61. Driver Type A Typical Rise and Fall Times (10%-90%) vs. Load  
Capacitance (VDD_EXT = 1.8 V)  
Rev. 0  
| Page 100 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS  
16  
14  
To determine the junction temperature on the application  
printed circuit board use:  
tRISE  
12  
10  
8
tFALL  
TJ = TCASE + JT PD  
where:  
TJ = Junction temperature (°C)  
6
4
T
CASE = Case temperature (°C) measured by customer at top  
center of package.  
JT = From Table 68  
2
0
tFALL = 3.3V @ 25  
°
C
PD = Power dissipation (see Total Internal Power Dissipation on  
Page 56 for the method to calculate PD)  
tRISE = 3.3V @ 25  
200  
°
C
0
50  
150  
250  
100  
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)  
Table 68. Thermal Characteristics  
Figure 62. Driver Type A Typical Rise and Fall Times (10%-90%) vs. Load  
Capacitance (VDD_EXT = 3.3 V)  
Parameter Condition  
Typical Unit  
JA  
0 linear m/s air flow  
16.7  
14.6  
13.9  
4.41  
0.11  
0.24  
0.25  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
1.4  
JMA  
JMA  
JC  
JT  
JT  
JT  
1 linear m/s air flow  
2 linear m/s air flow  
tRISE DS = 10  
1.2  
0 linear m/s air flow  
1 linear m/s air flow  
2 linear m/s air flow  
1.0  
tFALL DS = 10  
0.8  
tRISE DS = 00  
0.6  
Values of JA are provided for package comparison and printed  
circuit board design considerations. JA can be used for a first  
order approximation of TJ by the equation:  
tFALL DS = 00  
0.4  
0.2  
TJ = TA + JA PD  
tFALL = 1.8V @ 25  
tRISE = 1.8V @ 25  
25 30  
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)  
°
C
°C  
0
0
5
10  
15  
20  
35  
where:  
TA = Ambient temperature (°C)  
Figure 63. Driver Type B & C Typical Rise and Fall Times (10%-90%) vs. Load  
Capacitance (VDD_DMC = 1.8 V)  
Values of JC are provided for package comparison and printed  
circuit board design considerations when an external heat sink  
is required.  
In Table 68, airflow measurements comply with JEDEC stan-  
dards JESD51-2 and JESD51-6. The junction-to-case  
measurement complies with MIL-STD-883 (Method 1012.1).  
All measurements use a 2S2P JEDEC test board.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 101 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Thermal Diode  
The processor incorporates a thermal diode to monitor the die  
temperature. The thermal diode is a grounded collector, PNP  
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT). The SYS_TDA ball is con-  
nected to the emitter and the SYS_TDK ball is connected to the  
base of the transistor. These balls can be used by an external  
temperature sensor (such as the ADM 1021A or the LM86 or  
others) to read the die temperature of the chip.  
where:  
nQ = multiplication factor close to 1, depending on process  
variations  
k = Boltzmann’s constant  
T = temperature (°Kelvin)  
q = charge of the electron  
N = ratio of the two currents  
The technique used by the external temperature sensor is to  
measure the change in VBE when the thermal diode is operated  
at two different currents. This is shown in the following  
equation:  
The two currents are usually in the range of 10 micro Amperes  
to 300 micro Amperes for the common temperature sensor  
chips available.  
kT  
q
VBE= n  
In(N)  
-----  
Q
Table 69 contains the thermal diode specifications using the  
transistor model. Note that Measured Ideality Factor already  
takes into effect variations in beta (Β).  
Table 69. Thermal Diode Parameters—Transistor Model  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Min  
10  
Typ  
Max  
300  
300  
Unit  
A  
A  
1
IFW  
Forward Bias Current  
Emitter Current  
Transistor Ideality  
Series Resistance  
IE  
10  
2, 3  
nQ  
1.006  
2.8  
2, 4  
RT  
1 Analog Devices does not recommend operation of the thermal diode under reverse bias.  
2 Not 100% tested. Specified by design characterization.  
3 The ideality factor, nQ, represents the deviation from ideal diode behavior as exemplified by the diode equation: IC = IS × (exp(qVBE/nQkT– 1), where IS = saturation current,   
q = electrical charge, VBE = voltage across the diode, k = Boltzmann Constant, and T = absolute temperature (Kelvin).  
4 The series resistance (RT) can be used for more accurate readings as needed.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 102 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
ADSP-BF60x 349-BALL CSP_BGA BALL ASSIGNMENTS  
The 349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignment (Numerical by Ball  
Number) table lists the CSP_BGA package by ball number for  
the ADSP-BF609.  
The 349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignment (Alphabetical by Pin  
Name) table lists the CSP_BGA package by signal.  
349-BALL CSP_BGA BALL ASSIGNMENT (NUMERICAL BY BALL NUMBER)  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
A01  
A02  
A03  
A04  
A05  
A06  
A07  
A08  
A09  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
A15  
A16  
A17  
A18  
A19  
A20  
A21  
A22  
B01  
B02  
B03  
B04  
B05  
B06  
B07  
B08  
B09  
B10  
B11  
B12  
B13  
B14  
B15  
B16  
B17  
B18  
GND  
B19  
B20  
B21  
B22  
C01  
C02  
C03  
C04  
C05  
C06  
C07  
C08  
C09  
C10  
C11  
C12  
C13  
C14  
C15  
C16  
C17  
C18  
C19  
C20  
C21  
C22  
D01  
D02  
D03  
D11  
D12  
D20  
D21  
D22  
E01  
E02  
E03  
E05  
E20  
E21  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D05  
GND  
E22  
F01  
F02  
F03  
F06  
F07  
F08  
F09  
F10  
F11  
F12  
F13  
F14  
F15  
F16  
F17  
F20  
F21  
F22  
G01  
G02  
G03  
G06  
G07  
G08  
G09  
G10  
G11  
G12  
G13  
G14  
DMC0_DQ13  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_NMI_RESOUT  
VDD_EXT  
H06  
H07  
H16  
H17  
H20  
H21  
H22  
J01  
J02  
J03  
J06  
J09  
J10  
J11  
J12  
J13  
J14  
J17  
J20  
J21  
J22  
K01  
K02  
K03  
K06  
K08  
K09  
K10  
K11  
K12  
K13  
K14  
K15  
K17  
K20  
K21  
K22  
L01  
L02  
L03  
VDD_EXT  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
PB_10  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_DQ14  
GND  
SMC0_AOE_NORDV  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_VBC  
GND  
PB_07  
PA_14  
VDD_INT  
PA_12  
VDD_INT  
PA_10  
PB_12  
VDD_INT  
PA_08  
PB_09  
VDD_INT  
SYS_PWRGD  
SYS_BMODE0  
VDD_EXT  
PA_06  
PB_06  
VDD_EXT  
PA_04  
PB_05  
VDD_EXT  
PA_02  
PB_04  
VDD_INT  
GND  
PA_00  
PB_03  
VDD_INT  
GND  
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_AMS0  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D10  
SMC0_AWE  
GND  
PB_02  
VDD_INT  
GND  
PB_01  
VDD_INT  
GND  
PB_00  
VDD_DMC  
GND  
SMC0_BR  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D14  
GND  
DMC0_CS0  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_DQ08  
GND  
GND  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_DQ12  
DMC0_DQ11  
PC_00  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_BMODE2  
VDD_EXT  
USB0_VBUS  
GND  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
PB_13  
VDD_EXT  
USB0_ID  
PB_11  
TWI1_SCL  
TWI0_SCL  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO  
JTG_TCK  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_INT  
GND  
PB_08  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
PA_15  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
PA_13  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
PA_11  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
PA_09  
GND  
VDD_INT  
GND  
PA_07  
SMC0_ARDY_NORWT G15  
VDD_INT  
GND  
PA_05  
TWI1_SDA  
TWI0_SDA  
JTG_TRST  
JTG_EMU  
JTG_TMS  
G16  
G17  
G20  
G21  
G22  
H01  
H02  
H03  
VDD_DMC  
GND  
PA_03  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_LDQS  
PC_02  
PA_01  
DMC0_UDM  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_XTAL  
SYS_BMODE1  
SMC0_A02  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D15  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D02  
VDD_USB  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_DQ10  
PC_01  
PB_14  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 103 of 112  
|
June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
L04  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
N22  
P01  
P02  
P03  
P06  
P09  
P10  
P11  
P12  
P13  
P14  
P17  
P20  
P21  
P22  
R01  
R02  
R03  
R06  
R07  
R16  
R17  
R20  
R21  
R22  
T01  
T02  
T03  
T06  
T07  
T08  
T09  
T10  
T11  
T12  
T13  
T14  
T15  
T16  
T17  
T20  
T21  
T22  
U01  
U02  
U03  
U06  
U07  
DMC0_DQ03  
PC_08  
U08  
U09  
U10  
U11  
U12  
U13  
U14  
U15  
U16  
U17  
U20  
U21  
U22  
V01  
V02  
V03  
V20  
V21  
V22  
W01  
W02  
W03  
W11  
W12  
W20  
W21  
W22  
Y01  
Y02  
Y03  
Y04  
Y05  
Y06  
Y07  
Y08  
Y09  
Y10  
Y11  
Y12  
Y13  
Y14  
Y15  
Y16  
Y17  
Y18  
Y19  
Y20  
Y21  
VDD_INT  
Y22  
DMC0_A02  
PD_11  
GND  
L06  
VDD_INT  
AA01  
AA02  
AA03  
AA04  
AA05  
AA06  
AA07  
AA08  
AA09  
AA10  
AA11  
AA12  
AA13  
AA14  
AA15  
AA16  
AA17  
AA18  
AA19  
AA20  
AA21  
AA22  
AB01  
AB02  
AB03  
AB04  
AB05  
AB06  
AB07  
AB08  
AB09  
AB10  
AB11  
AB12  
AB13  
AB14  
AB15  
AB16  
AB17  
AB18  
AB19  
AB20  
AB21  
AB22  
L08  
PC_07  
VDD_INT  
L09  
GND  
PD_06  
VDD_EXT  
PD_13  
PE_00  
PE_03  
PF_14  
PF_12  
PF_10  
PF_08  
PF_06  
PF_04  
PF_02  
PF_00  
PG_00  
PE_15  
PE_14  
PG_05  
PG_08  
PG_07  
PG_13  
GND  
L10  
GND  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
L11  
GND  
GND  
VDD_INT  
L12  
GND  
GND  
VDD_INT  
L13  
GND  
GND  
VDD_INT  
L14  
GND  
GND  
VDD_INT  
L15  
GND  
GND  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A05  
DMC0_A01  
PD_00  
L17  
VDD_DMC  
VREF_DMC  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0_DQ07  
PC_04  
PC_03  
PB_15  
GND  
GND  
L19  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ05  
PC_10  
L20  
L21  
L22  
PC_15  
M01  
M02  
M03  
M04  
M06  
M08  
M09  
M10  
M11  
M12  
M13  
M14  
M15  
M17  
M19  
M20  
M21  
M22  
N01  
N02  
N03  
N06  
N08  
N09  
N10  
N11  
N12  
N13  
N14  
N15  
N17  
N20  
N21  
PD_10  
PC_09  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_A11  
PD_04  
PD_07  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_A10  
PC_12  
PD_01  
GND  
PD_12  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
VDD_TD  
GND  
GND  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A08  
PD_03  
PD_05  
PD_14  
PE_01  
PE_04  
PF_15  
PF_13  
PF_11  
PF_09  
PF_07  
PF_05  
PF_03  
PF_01  
PE_13  
PG_03  
PG_06  
PG_02  
PG_12  
PG_14  
PG_15  
PG_10  
GND  
GND  
GND  
PC_11  
GND  
PD_08  
VDD_DMC  
GND  
VDD_EXT  
PD_02  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ01  
PC_06  
PC_05  
SYS_CLKOUT  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
VDD_INT  
PD_15  
VDD_INT  
PE_02  
VDD_EXT  
PE_05  
VDD_EXT  
PE_06  
VDD_EXT  
PE_07  
VDD_EXT  
PE_08  
VDD_INT  
PE_09  
VDD_INT  
SYS_TDK  
SYS_TDA  
PE_12  
GND  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A12  
PC_14  
GND  
GND  
PE_10  
GND  
PE_11  
GND  
PG_09  
GND  
PG_01  
GND  
PC_13  
PG_04  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_WE  
DMC0_DQ04  
PD_09  
PG_11  
VDD_EXT  
GND  
VDD_INT  
DMC0_A00  
Rev. 0  
|
Page 104 of 112  
|
June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
349-BALL CSP_BGA BALL ASSIGNMENT (ALPHABETICAL BY PIN NAME)  
The 349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignment (Numerical by Ball  
Number) table lists the CSP_BGA package by ball number for  
the ADSP-BF609.  
The 349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignment (Alphabetical by Pin  
Name) table lists the CSP_BGA package by signal.  
Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No.  
C06  
A05  
B05  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A05  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A10  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_CK  
Y21  
U22  
Y22  
T20  
W20  
U21  
W21  
T21  
W22  
U20  
R22  
V22  
T22  
V21  
R21  
V20  
R20  
E20  
M20  
P20  
L20  
F20  
M21  
M22  
P21  
N22  
N21  
P22  
L21  
L22  
F22  
H21  
E21  
J22  
DMC0_WE  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
N20  
A01  
A22  
AA02  
AA21  
AA22  
AB01  
AB22  
B21  
C20  
D12  
G01  
J01  
GND  
N09  
N10  
N11  
N12  
N13  
N14  
N15  
P09  
P10  
P11  
P12  
P13  
P14  
W11  
Y03  
Y20  
C03  
B02  
E02  
D03  
D01  
D02  
E03  
E01  
A13  
B13  
A12  
B12  
A11  
B11  
A10  
B10  
A09  
B09  
A08  
B08  
A07  
B07  
A06  
B06  
C12  
C11  
C10  
C09  
C08  
C07  
PB_06  
PB_07  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_15  
PC_00  
PC_01  
PC_02  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PC_05  
PC_06  
PC_07  
PC_08  
PC_09  
PC_10  
PC_11  
PC_12  
PC_13  
PC_14  
PC_15  
PD_00  
PD_01  
PD_02  
PD_03  
PD_04  
PD_05  
PD_06  
PD_07  
PD_08  
PD_09  
PD_10  
PD_11  
PD_12  
PD_13  
PD_14  
PD_15  
PE_00  
PE_01  
PE_02  
PE_03  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C05  
A04  
B04  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C04  
K03  
GND  
GND  
L03  
GND  
M03  
K01  
GND  
GND  
L02  
GND  
L01  
J09  
GND  
M02  
M01  
N02  
N01  
P02  
J10  
GND  
J11  
GND  
J12  
GND  
J13  
GND  
J14  
JTG_EMU  
JTG_TCK  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TRST  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_12  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
PB_00  
PB_01  
PB_02  
PB_03  
PB_04  
PB_05  
P01  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_CK  
K08  
K09  
K10  
K11  
K12  
K13  
K14  
K15  
L08  
R02  
R01  
DMC0_CS0  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ01  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ03  
DMC0_DQ04  
DMC0_DQ05  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0_DQ07  
DMC0_DQ08  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_DQ10  
DMC0_DQ11  
DMC0_DQ12  
DMC0_DQ13  
DMC0_DQ14  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_UDM  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
T02  
T01  
U02  
U01  
V02  
V01  
W02  
Y02  
L09  
L10  
Y01  
L11  
W01  
AB02  
P03  
L12  
L13  
L14  
R03  
J21  
L15  
T03  
E22  
H22  
F21  
K20  
K22  
K21  
J20  
M04  
M08  
M09  
M10  
M11  
M12  
M13  
M14  
M15  
M19  
N08  
U03  
V03  
AA01  
W03  
AA03  
AB03  
Y04  
H20  
G20  
G21  
G22  
AA04  
AB04  
Y05  
AA05  
Rev. 0  
| Page 105 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Pin Name  
PE_04  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No. Pin Name  
Ball No.  
T08  
AB05  
Y06  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_BR  
A21  
C13  
A15  
B15  
B18  
A17  
A18  
B20  
C14  
A19  
C17  
B17  
A20  
C18  
C15  
B19  
C19  
B16  
J03  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
M17  
N17  
P17  
R16  
R17  
T16  
T17  
U17  
D11  
F06  
F11  
F12  
G06  
G07  
G10  
G11  
G12  
G13  
H06  
H07  
J06  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_TD  
PE_05  
T09  
PE_06  
Y07  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D02  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D05  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D10  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D14  
SMC0_D15  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SYS_BMODE2  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_NMI_RESOUT  
SYS_PWRGD  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_TDA  
T14  
PE_07  
Y08  
T15  
PE_08  
Y09  
U07  
U08  
U09  
U10  
U13  
U14  
U15  
U16  
W12  
E05  
PE_09  
Y10  
PE_10  
Y14  
PE_11  
Y15  
PE_12  
Y13  
PE_13  
AB14  
AA16  
AA15  
AA13  
AB13  
AA12  
AB12  
AA11  
AB11  
AA10  
AB10  
AA09  
AB09  
AA08  
AB08  
AA07  
AB07  
AA06  
AB06  
AA14  
Y17  
PE_14  
PE_15  
PF_00  
PF_01  
VDD_USB  
VREF_DMC  
PF_02  
L19  
PF_03  
PF_04  
PF_05  
PF_06  
PF_07  
H03  
G03  
H01  
N03  
K02  
F02  
F01  
F03  
J02  
PF_08  
PF_09  
K06  
L04  
L06  
M06  
N06  
P06  
R06  
R07  
T06  
T07  
T10  
T11  
T12  
T13  
U06  
U11  
U12  
F07  
F08  
F09  
F10  
F13  
F14  
F15  
F16  
G08  
G09  
G14  
G15  
PF_10  
PF_11  
PF_12  
PF_13  
PF_14  
PF_15  
PG_00  
PG_01  
PG_02  
PG_03  
PG_04  
PG_05  
PG_06  
PG_07  
PG_08  
PG_09  
PG_10  
PG_11  
PG_12  
PG_13  
PG_14  
PG_15  
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_A02  
SMC0_AMS0  
SMC0_AOE_NORDV  
G02  
Y12  
Y11  
H02  
C22  
D22  
C21  
D21  
C01  
A02  
A03  
B03  
C02  
B01  
F17  
G16  
G17  
H16  
H17  
J17  
AB17  
AB15  
Y18  
SYS_TDK  
SYS_XTAL  
TWI0_SCL  
TWI0_SDA  
TWI1_SCL  
TWI1_SDA  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
AA17  
AB16  
AA19  
AA18  
Y16  
AB21  
Y19  
USB0_ID  
AB18  
AA20  
AB19  
AB20  
A14  
USB0_VBC  
USB0_VBUS  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
B14  
VDD_DMC  
A16  
VDD_DMC  
B22  
VDD_DMC  
SMC0_ARDY_NORWT D20  
SMC0_ARE C16  
VDD_DMC  
K17  
L17  
VDD_DMC  
Rev. 0  
| Page 106 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
349-BALL CSP_BGA BALL CONFIGURATION  
Figure 64 shows an overview of signal placement on the 349-ball  
CSP_BGA package.  
TOP VIEW  
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22  
9 11 13 15 17 19 21  
A1 BALL  
PAD CORNER  
1
3
5
7
A
C
E
G
J
B
D
F
U
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
H
K
M
P
T
L
GND  
N
R
U
W
I/O SIGNALS  
V
D
D
DD_EXT  
V
DD_INT  
V
Y
T
D
V
DD_DMC  
T
AA  
AB  
V
DD_TD  
U
V
DD_USB  
BOTTOM VIEW  
A1 BALL  
PAD CORNER  
22 20 18 16 14 12 10  
21 19 17 15 13 11  
8
6
4
2
9
7
5
3
1
A
C
B
D
F
U
E
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
G
J
H
K
M
P
T
L
N
D
D
R
U
V
Y
T
W
AA  
AB  
Figure 64. 349-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Configuration  
Rev. 0  
| Page 107 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS  
Dimensions for the 19 mm 19 mm CSP_BGA package in  
Figure 65 are shown in millimeters.  
19.10  
19.00 SQ  
18.90  
A1 BALL  
CORNER  
22 20 18 16 14 12 10  
8
6
4
2
A1 BALL  
CORNER  
21 19 17 15 13 11  
9
7
5
3
1
A
C
E
G
J
B
D
F
16.80  
H
K
M
P
T
BSC SQ  
L
N
R
U
W
0.80  
BSC  
V
Y
AB  
AA  
TOP VIEW  
DETAIL A  
BOTTOM VIEW  
DETAIL A  
1.10 REF  
1.50  
1.36  
1.21  
1.11  
1.01  
0.91  
0.35 NOM  
0.30 MIN  
0.50  
0.45  
0.40  
COPLANARITY  
0.20  
SEATING  
PLANE  
BALL DIAMETER  
COMPLIANT TO JEDEC STANDARDS MO-275-PPAB-2.  
Figure 65. 349-Ball Chip Scale Package Ball Grid Array [CSP_BGA]  
(BC-349-1)  
Dimensions shown in millimeters  
SURFACE-MOUNT DESIGN  
Table 70 is provided as an aid to PCB design. For industry-stan-  
dard design recommendations, refer to IPC-7351, Generic  
Requirements for Surface-Mount Design and Land Pattern  
Standard.  
Table 70. BGA Data for Use with Surface-Mount Design  
Package   
Package   
Package   
Package  
Ball Attach Type  
Solder Mask Opening  
Ball Pad Size  
BC-349-1  
Solder Mask Defined  
0.4 mm Diameter  
0.5 mm Diameter  
Rev. 0  
| Page 108 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTS  
Some models are available with controlled manufacturing to  
support the quality and reliability requirements of automotive  
applications. Note that these automotive models may have spec-  
ifications that differ from the commercial models and designers  
should review the product specifications section of this data  
sheet carefully. Contact your local ADI account representative  
for specific product ordering information and to obtain the spe-  
cific Automotive Reliability reports for these models.  
ORDERING GUIDE  
Temperature  
Package  
Option  
Model  
Max. Core Clock Range1  
Package Description  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
349-Ball CSP_BGA  
ADSP-BF606KBCZ-4  
ADSP-BF606BBCZ-4  
ADSP-BF607KBCZ-5  
ADSP-BF607BBCZ-5  
ADSP-BF608KBCZ-5  
ADSP-BF608BBCZ-5  
ADSP-BF609KBCZ-5  
ADSP-BF609BBCZ-5  
400 MHz  
400 MHz  
500 MHz  
500 MHz  
500 MHz  
500 MHz  
500 MHz  
500 MHz  
0°C to +70°C  
BC-349-1  
BC-349-1  
BC-349-1  
BC-349-1  
BC-349-1  
BC-349-1  
BC-349-1  
BC-349-1  
–40°C to +85°C  
0°C to +70°C  
–40°C to +85°C  
0°C to +70°C  
–40°C to +85°C  
0°C to +70°C  
–40°C to +85°C  
1 Referenced temperature is ambient temperature. The ambient temperature is not a specification. Please see Operating Conditions on Page 52 for the junction temperature  
(TJ) specification which is the only temperature specification.  
Rev. 0  
| Page 109 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Rev. 0  
| Page 110 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
Rev. 0  
| Page 111 of 112 | June 2013  
ADSP-BF606/ADSP-BF607/ADSP-BF608/ADSP-BF609  
©2013 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and  
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
D10659-0-6/13(0)  
Rev. 0  
| Page 112 of 112 | June 2013  

相关型号:

ADSP-BF608KBCZ-5

Blackfin Dual Core Embedded Processor
ADI

ADSP-BF609

Blackfin Dual Core
ADI

ADSP-BF609BBCZ-5

Blackfin Dual Core Embedded Processor
ADI

ADSP-BF609KBCZ-5

Blackfin Dual Core Embedded Processor
ADI

ADSP-BF700

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF700BCPZ-2

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF700KCPZ-1

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF700KCPZ-2

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF701

低功耗 200MHz BLACKFIN+嵌入式处理器,带128KB L2 SRAM和DDR2/LPDDR接口
ADI

ADSP-BF701BBCZ-2

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF701KBCZ-1

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF701KBCZ-2

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI